Release notes for Web

Zoom provides up-to-date release notes for our core products available in the web portal. This article contains information about recent changes to the web portal, including new and enhanced features, updates to existing features, and bug fixes. In addition, you can find information about upcoming changes (if available) and see a full history of updates made in the last two years by release date.

Other Platform updates: Release notes for the Zoom Workplace app

Upcoming Release

Details about upcoming releases will be posted as they become available.

Released

Note: The information in the past release notes may have been superseded by subsequent release notes. Please review all current release notes carefully.

November 18, 2024

New, enhanced, and changed features

Resolved issues

October 21, 2024

New, enhanced, and changed features

Resolved issues

September 30, 2024

Resolved issues

September 23, 2024

Resolved issues

September 16, 2024

New, enhanced, and changed features

Resolved issues

September 9, 2024

New, enhanced, and changed features

Resolved issues

August 19, 2024

Changes to existing features

• Enhancements to user licensing and assignments in User Management 
  In order to deliver more flexibility when provisioning users, Zoom no longer requires admins to choose a user type when adding users to their account. Admins only need to choose to assign purchased licenses to users, or if a purchased license is not assigned, assign the right level of permissions such as Zoom Meetings Basic or unassign the user entirely to prevent them from scheduling or hosting meetings (not available for all account types). This change began rolling out in June 2024 and is expected to roll out to all customers in August 2024. When these changes are introduced to your account, a banner will appear in the Zoom web portal informing you of this change.

New and enhanced features

• Host features
  • Enabled Remind users to watch the live stream setting by default and new Live streaming tab for meetings and webinars 
    The Remind users to watch the live stream setting, which determines whether the livestream link is provided to attendees when a meeting or webinar is full, is set to ON by default. This is so attendees who try to join when the webinar or meeting is full, will be redirected to the live stream. This change applies to all newly scheduled meetings and webinars. For existing webinars, the setting will remain as it was before - typically OFF unless the host had previously enabled it. This setting was not available for meetings before, so it will also remain OFF for any already scheduled meetings. The Remind users to watch the live stream setting is available at the account, group, and user level settings. Additionally, when scheduling a meeting or webinar, hosts will have a dedicated tab to configure Live streaming. Using the new Live streaming tab, hosts can learn more about live streaming and set up a custom live streaming configuration. This ensures hosts are prepared to start live streaming with just a few clicks during a webinar.
  • Support single-use webinars of up to 1 million participants 
    Users can purchase a single-use webinar license for a webinar with up to 1 million participants. This option provides the flexibility to choose a plan that suits their event needs without any long-term commitments. The single-use license is applicable for a minimum of 10,000 attendees and will expire 3 months from the date of purchase.
      

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where a subset of users received a failure error 103007 when creating a breakout room
• Resolved an issue where users were not automatically assigned to the breakout rooms based on poll results
• Resolved an issue where scheduling a webinar using the Schedule a webinar with the same setting feature resulted in an invalid parameter survey name error
• Resolved an issue where a master account was unable to reassign a webinar 3000 license to their sub account
• Resolved an issue where the usage data after June 1, 2024 was missing from the Dashboard
• Resolved an issue where the screen reader did not announce the required fields on the Survey page
• Resolved an issue where an alternative host joining and leaving the webinar was not reflected on the dashboard
• Resolved an issue where users were unable to launch the poll because the Launch button was grayed out

August 5, 2024

New and enhanced features

• General features
  • Introducing Zoom Docs
    Zoom Docs allows users to collaborate and track projects easily and seamlessly. Users can draft, organize, and share materials and documents whether they are in a meeting or not. To make the most of their meetings, users can transform past and present meetings into actionable documents, wikis, and projects using Meeting AI templates. Zoom's AI Companion features further enhance efficiency by generating and translating content. While creating materials, users have access to basic editing tools, block actions, and various content types that can be added or embedded. In addition, documents can be shared directly with other users or through Team Chat channels. The feature can be enabled or disabled at the account or group level.
      
• Meeting features
  • Enhanced AI Companion Results with OCR and Chat Messages
    Zoom will be enhancing AI Companion results by incorporating screen shared content via optical character recognition (OCR) and in-meeting chat messages. This additional context allows AI Companion to create more accurate, reliable, and complete results. Administrators can manage these settings in Account Settings under the AI Companion tab in the web portal.
  • Allow meeting hosts to retain and access meeting transcripts
    Administrators can choose to have meeting transcripts generated by Meeting Summary with AI Companion saved. Once saved, they are accessible by meeting hosts and can be downloaded as a VTT file from the list of available transcripts. These saved transcripts cannot be shared directly through Zoom. Hosts can also generate Zoom Docs from these meeting transcripts with Docs content generation and revision with AI Companion.
      

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where the Include the uploaded logo or banner option for a scheduled webinar cannot be successfully enabled

July 22, 2024

New and enhanced features

• Admin features
  • Customer Managed Key: Ability to use new key if ever necessary 
    CMK has always supported Key Management Systems (KMS) key rotation for new data. If a customer's key needs to be discontinued and a new key used instead, customers can now submit a support request that their data keys get decrypted and re-encrypted with the new KMS key before disconnecting from the old key/KMS. With this enhancement, account owners and admins can seamlessly migrate their keys or Key Management Systems (KMS) without losing access to existing encrypted data, allowing more flexibility to change keys or providers, enhancing security, and mitigating risks.
  • Zoom AI Companion universal toggle for easy enablement
    Account owners and admins of Zoom Workplace Pro accounts can enable several AI Companion features with a single click within the Workplace app and Web Portal settings. The single AI Companion admin setting will be available within the Workplace desktop app settings and Zoom Web Portal account settings. Users in the account still will be in control of when AI Companion gets used.
  • Ability to configure separate enforced logout policy between different sign-in methods and device types 
    Account owners and admins can configure settings based on different sign-in methods and device types. The enhanced Security policy is renamed/organized and provides options to prevent automatic sign-out of Home and Personal Zoom Room devices and Zoom Phone Appliances.
    When enabled, the following devices will not automatically sign out according to user desktop client settings. They will remain signed-in until manually signed out.
  • Customizable retention period and deletion notifications for survey and poll responses 
    Account owners and admins can define a custom retention period for survey and poll responses, ranging from 1 day to 2 years. The default retention period is 18 months. Additionally, survey or poll owners are notified 15 days before the results are automatically deleted.
  • Support meeting Q&A settings configuration for admins
    Account owners and admins can preset meetings' default Q&A settings at the account, group, and user levels, and lock the ability for users within their account to enable anonymous questions.
  • Synchronized presence from Zoom to Microsoft: Admin control
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable the ability of users within their account to seamlessly synchronize their presence from Zoom to Microsoft, maintaining a consistent representation across both platforms.
      
• User features
  • Limit result size in survey result view
    Survey owners can limit the number of results displayed in the survey result view to improve loading times. The overview page displays a maximum of 50,000 results, the launch history page displays a maximum of 100 results, and individual responses are limited to 1,000 results. Survey owners can also filter the launch history by date and time.
  • Ability to synchronize presence from Zoom to Microsoft
    If enabled by the account owners or admins, users can seamlessly synchronize their presence from Zoom to Microsoft, maintaining a consistent representation across both platforms.Users can trigger manual presence changes through their Zoom app. Actions such as making a call or joining a Zoom Meeting will also change a user's presence which will then be pushed and reflected in Microsoft 365 with this capability enabled.
      

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue wherein the poll result reports were blank
• Resolved an issue wherein an incorrect auto-delete date was shown in the Zoom AI Companion management page
• Resolved an issue wherein users received an error when generating the webinar attendee report
• Resolved an issue wherein the meetings Health and Issue column in the Zoom Dashboard appeared blank
• Resolved an issue wherein the alternative host received Access Restricted (200) error when trying to create or edit a poll for a meeting even though access were already given

July 1, 2024

New and enhanced features

• User features
  • Enhanced automated captioning and translated caption support for Portuguese 
    Zoom is launching additional support for Portuguese to serve both European and Brazilian dialects. To better cater to the distinct linguistic needs of users, the Portuguese language options within the platform have been differentiated to specifically address this. Users can select from two distinct language options: Portuguese (Brazil) and Portuguese (Portugal). This update ensures a more accurate and localized experience for speakers of both dialects.There will be no change to automated captions and the selection of speaking language.
      

June 17, 2024

Changes to existing features

• Change local recordings label to computer recordings for clarity 
  Zoom is updating the labeling of recording options, from Local Recordings to Computer Recordings , to clearly differentiate between recordings stored on a user's computer and those stored in Zoom cloud. This change aims to improve clarity and simplify the selection of recording options across Zoom's app and web settings, enhancing the overall user experience with Zoom's recording features. Changes to published Zoom support articles that mention local recording will be gradually updated to reflect the new label.
• Enhancements to default survey selection
  Users can select a default survey using a modal pop-up component, providing a more intuitive way to choose surveys. Additionally, account owners and admins can set a default survey for the entire account through this modal pop-up component. The modal pop-up component replaces the previous dropdown menu, offering an enhanced user experience when configuring default survey settings.

New and enhanced features

• Admin features
  • Don't Show This Again option for meeting disclaimer prompts: Admin control 
    Account owners and admins can manage the Don't show this again settings for users within their organization. The Don't show this again option is for common in-meeting disclaimer prompts: Meeting recording (including Meeting recording shared with Zoom Revenue Accelerator), AI Companion, Livestreaming, and durable captions. If enabled, this feature allows users to avoid repeated prompts in future internal meetings after acknowledging them once.
  • Customer Managed Key fallback capabilities for enhanced data security 
    Account owners and admins can enable the Automatic fallback to Zoom's key settings from the Web portal to address data loss concerns when the key broker service is unavailable. This enhancement allows Zoom services to utilize a Zoom-provided fallback key if the customer's key cannot be accessed, ensuring recordings can still be securely stored. Administrators will be notified based on new rules in the "Fallback Status" notification module, and new customers will have the fallback feature enabled by default, with warnings provided if they choose to disable it due to potential data loss risks. Additionally, cloud meeting recordings will default to local recording if a key cannot be obtained, offering a robust fallback solution.
  • Customer Managed Key: Enhanced license management control 
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable the Customer Managed Key (CMK) at the account and group levels before configuring keys and assets. This enhancement allows admins to conduct phased rollouts and adjust license provisioning to meet their deployment needs. Previously, purchasing Zoom One Plus Enterprise Plus (ZOE+) automatically enabled CMK for the entire account.
  • Zoom Mail domain onboarding wizard
    Account owners and admins can use the mail domain onboarding wizard, which provides clear steps to set up their first domain and activate the first user.
  • Zoom Mail: set domain-level encryption preferences
    Account owners and admins can select if a specific domain will be configured to use one of the following end-to-end encryption modes by default: mandatory encryption, encryption by default (users can choose in the client), or no encryption by default (users can choose in the client). End-to-end encryption capability will still depend on a variety of factors, such as whether the sender and receiver have already generated encryption keys, whether they are running the latest Zoom client version, as well as the configuration of user or account level settings. The user interface will indicate whether the email a user is about to send will be end-to-end encrypted or not.
  • New admin control to disable image upload for surveys
    Account owners and admins can disable image upload for surveys. This setting is located in the image banner settings and applies to all surveys created within the account. When disabled, users will not be able to include images in their survey questions or responses. This setting is available at the account and group levels.
  • Display individual real-time poll responses as overlays on video tiles in Zoom Rooms 
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable the poll response overlay feature in the Zoom Rooms web portal. Meeting hosts can enable or disable the overlay during a meeting from the Zoom Rooms controller. When enabled, individual poll responses are displayed as an overlay on each participant's video tile, allowing the Zoom Room to display the poll result after the poll is concluded.
        
• User features
  • Don't Show This Again option for meeting disclaimer prompts 
    Zoom introduces a Don't show this again option for common in-meeting disclaimer prompts: Meeting recording (including Meeting recording shared with Zoom Revenue Accelerator), AI Companion, Livestreaming, and durable captions. If enabled, this feature allows users to avoid repeated prompts in future internal meetings after acknowledging them once. This feature only affects internal meetings and will not appear for disclaimers customized by the account owners or admins.
  • Ability to adjust webinar resources directly during scheduling 
    From the Zoom Web portal, webinar host can manage and adjust the status of webinar resources directly during the scheduling process. This feature allows hosts to enable or disable specific items as needed before the webinar begins.
  • Pie chart visualization for polls and surveys
    Users can change the pie chart style to get an advanced view of the results for polls or surveys. This feature provides a pie chart format that allows users to visualize results from polls or surveys.
  • Provide shortened URLs for sharing survey links
    Survey owners can generate a tiny URL when sharing the respondent link for their surveys. When users choose to share their surveys, they can select the option to create a shortened version of the survey URL. This streamlined approach simplifies the process of sharing survey links across different platforms and mediums.
  • Edit polls from Team Chat with Zoom web portal access
    Poll owners can edit their polls from the web portal by clicking the Edit button in the Zoom Team Chat poll menu. A new Edit button is added to the Team Chat poll menu, allowing poll owners to access the web portal and make changes to their existing polls. This enhancement provides greater flexibility and poll management directly from the Team Chat interface.
        
• Zoom Phone Appliances
  • Enhancements to Zoom Phone Appliance device monitoring with alerts and notifications 
    Account owners and admins can set up alerts and notifications to monitor the status of Zoom Phone Appliance (ZPA) devices. New rules can be created for scenarios like ZPA devices going offline or online, or when the rate of offline ZPA devices at a site exceeds a certain threshold. The alerts can be configured to target specific ZPA devices, groups, or accounts. This feature informs admins about potential issues with ZPA devices.
    Note : This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for June 21, 2024.
        

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where two users with the same roles, licenses, and group memberships had different recording settings
• Resolved an issue where the Auto-Delete meeting summaries setting only appeared when Meeting Summary with AI companion was enabled, instead of being available independently
• Resolved an issue where enabling the DLP for in-meeting chat did not activate the webhook functionality
• Resolved an issue where users were unable to export the Sign in/Sign out report
• Resolved issue with Webinar Templates' email subject line variables malfunctioning when the account's language setting is non-English
• Resolved an issue where verifying an added domain resulted in Invalid parameter domain error
• Resolved an issue where admins were unable to view particular meeting details in the Dashboard
• Resolved an issue where users were unable to add the ™ symbol in the speaker branding settings for webinars
• Resolved issue where exported webinar reports did not include the issue and health columns
• Resolved intermittent issue where the attendee list was blank during webinars
• Resolved an issue where users were unable to access meeting data beyond the last 30 minutes on the live meeting dashboard
• Resolved CSV formatting issue in the Total Zoom Rooms Reservations report on the Zoom Dashboard
• Resolved an issue where the master account was unable to assign licenses to sub-accounts
• Resolved an issue where Zoom One for Education Enterprise Essentials license couldn't be assigned during SSO invitations and account changes, causing users to receive invalid Zoom Meetings licenses instead
• Resolved an issue where licenses were not updated when users moved from the master account to a sub-account
• Resolved an issue where the Total Users tile on the Zoom Dashboard displayed inaccurate data.

Note: The Synchronized presence from Zoom to Microsoft: Admin control and Ability to synchronize presence from Zoom to Microsoft features have been pulled from the release due to issues with deployment and will be available in another upcoming release.

May 20, 2024

Changes to existing features

• Webinar detail page changes to user interface and navigation 
  The Webinar Details page comes with an updated UI design and reorganized navigation tabs. The tabs will be moved to the top of the page for easier access and consistency with other Zoom products. Terminology and content will remain the same. This update will modernize the interface while maintaining familiar workflows. The refreshed design will aim to enhance the hosting experience. This feature will be rolling out to accounts over the next months.
• Redesign webinar email templates for consistency
  Webinar email templates have been redesigned for a more polished look and consistent experience across all communications. This update is focusing on the Absentee follow-up and Attendee follow-up emails, ensuring a consistent look and feel in the communication from registration to follow-up. Further updates to additional templates are planned for upcoming releases.

New and enhanced features

• Admin features
  • Support post-quantum end-to-end encryption for meetings: Admin control 
    Post-quantum end-to-end encryption in Zoom Meetings is designed to withstand the threat of an adversary who can capture the encrypted network traffic, hoping to acquire a quantum computer in the future and use it to decrypt the captured data. As users upgrade their Zoom desktop and mobile app to version 6.0.10 or higher, all end-to-end encrypted meetings will start leveraging our latest post-quantum end-to-end encryption protocol. There are no changes to enabling or disabling the end-to-end encryption settings in the Web portal.
  • Ability to set default breakout room behaviors
    Account owners and admins can set the default breakout room behaviors while breakout rooms are in action. The option/s selected as the default behavior will apply to all meetings that have breakout rooms, including standard meetings, PMI meetings. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level settings and is disabled by default.
  • Customer Managed Key (CMK): Dashboard
    Account owners and admins can access the Customer Managed Key (CMK) tab in the Zoom Dashboard for a detailed view of CMK utilization across their account. This new dashboard tab enables direct auditing of encryption and decryption activities, enhancing both transparency and control. Importantly, it does not collect additional data but instead makes existing data more accessible to admins. The dashboard will include the top asset type by encryption and decryption, daily and weekly numbers for encryption and decryption, as well as usage trends.
  • Customer Managed Key (CMK) usage report
    Account owners and admins can access the usage report for Customer Managed Key (CMK) under Account Management then Reports . These reports allow admins to see who requested access to encrypted recordings and whether multiple parties accessed the same recording. Each encryption or decryption operation includes a direct link to the relevant meeting or chat history, providing a seamless review process. Other data shown include the time, requester, and type of service or asset ID.
  • Create a custom disclaimer when AI Companion is enabled in meetings
    Account owners and admins can customize a disclaimer that will appear when AI Companion features are enabled in a meeting or when an AI Companion feature is set to auto-start on the meeting. This is useful for customers who need to insert notices when certain features are invoked. Admins can choose to show this disclaimer for internal and/or external participants, preview how it will appear to meeting participants, and create language-specific disclaimers. The custom disclaimer setting is available at the account and group levels, and can be locked at the account level. If smart recording is also enabled, the custom AI Companion disclaimer will override any recording disclaimers. This setting is off by default and is available to Enterprise accounts. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for May 24, 2024. 
        
• User features
  • Surveys: Support advanced bar chart design in viewing results 
    When viewing the survey results overview, users can switch from the standard view to an advanced bar chart view for a better visual representation and analysis of the data.
  • Surveys: Ability to add description after the survey title 
    When creating a survey, users can add the survey description after the title to introduce, describe, or give instructions to survey correspondents.
        

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where users received an Access Restricted (200) error when clicking on Analytics and Reports from the Web portal
• Resolved an issue where customized recording consent shows duplicated statements when the recording is started during the meeting

April 22, 2024

New and enhanced features

• Admin features
  • Support additional characters for Personal Meeting Link
    Admins can use additional characters, including hyphens (-) and underscores (_) , in users' Personal Link, which is a vanity version of their Personal Meeting ID (PMI). This allows successful mapping of SCIM or SAML fields containing these characters to users' personal links, and resolves provisioning failures experienced by some users with display names containing hyphens or underscores.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where customers were receiving Unknown error when clicking on Resend Activation Link  under plan management then exclusive offers
• Resolved an issue where users were receiving the error featureID or ruleLevel is null when selecting the Allow Participants to use floating video reactions check box
• Resolved an issue where users  were receiving 500 internal server error when trying to access survey results

April 15, 2024

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Personal Meeting Room Authentication: Admin controls
    Admins have greater control over use of required authentication for their users’ Personal Meeting Room. Admins can require participants to be authenticated to join their users’ Personal Meeting Room, as well as choosing a specific admin-created authentication profile. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level settings pages and must be enabled by Zoom.
  • Create and share Poll in chats and channels: Admin controls
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable the ability of their users to create and share polls in Team chat 1:1, group chat, and channels. This setting can be set and locked by admins at the account and group levels.
  • Survey and Polls/Quizzes: Require answers to be non-anonymous
    Account owners and admins can force answers to Surveys and Polls/Quizzes to be non-anonymous by enabling the Collect email address from correspondents settings either for Surveys, Polls, and Quizzes, or for both. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels. When enabled and locked at the account level, the ability to change the setting at the group and user levels will be disabled.
  • Ability to manage Surveys library at a group level
    Account owners and admins will have access to enable or disable the Surveys library menu for specific user groups, allowing for better management of access based on user group preferences.
  • Automated captioning and translated caption support for Hebrew
    Automated and translated captioning support is expanding to include captioning for the Hebrew language. This language is enabled by default, but admins can control the availability of this language through the Automated captions and Translated captions settings within the web portal.
  • Greek, Bengali, Norwegian, and Welsh support for translated captions 
    Accounts using the translated captions feature will be able to have automated captions translated from any currently supported language to Greek, Bengali, Norwegian, and Welsh, facilitating easier communication between participants in Zoom Meetings. Translated captioning is not yet supported when translating from these languages, as they are not yet supported for automated captioning. These languages are enabled by default, but admins can control availability of this through the Translated captions setting in the web portal.
        
• User features
  • Pronunciation field for Profile cards
    In the Zoom web portal Profile page, users can add a brief description of how to pronounce their name using the Name Phonetics field. When this information is provided, it is then displayed on a user’s profile card.
  • New option in sorting Polls & Surveys
    Users can toggle the sorting of Polls & Surveys between Last Modified and Created Date ordering in various areas such as the Surveys Library, Meeting or Webinar detail pages, and Zoom app popups.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users where the plans page for a sub-account was not reflecting the correct service effective date when Deutsch is chosen as the language for the Web Portal
• Resolved an issue where account name changes were not taking place in the External Accounts management tab of the Web portal
• Resolved an issue with processing bulk user removal request
• Resolved an issue where some occurrence dates were missing when exporting Zoom webinars to the calendar
• Resolved an issue where the cloud recording title did not match the meeting topic name
• Resolved an issue where there was a discrepancy in the meeting registration report
• Resolved an issue where the Breakout Room Search function did not work for certain participants
• Resolved an issue where in the chat Channel export/Search for a specified channel, the date range was tied to the Set retention period for direct messages and group conversations setting instead of Set retention period for channels
• Resolved an issue where the Poll question order changed when creating a meeting using a template

March 25, 2024

Changes to existing features

• Updated Zoom Workplace branding
  Zoom is updating many of our product offerings under the new Zoom Workplace name to better align our platform name with the extensive product offerings we’ve designed to enhance every aspect of your workplace. These changes will immediately affect the Zoom Downloads page, some account type names (formerly Zoom One accounts), and some minor updates within the web portal, with other changes expected in coming releases.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Retention policies for Meeting Summaries: Admin control
    Admins can choose to have meeting summaries automatically deleted after a set number of days. This can be set and locked by admins at the account and group levels.
  • Control visibility of meetings users have been invited to
    Admins can control the visibility of synced calendar events that their users were invited to and have associated Zoom Meeting details. Admins can also restrict the visibility of these meetings to just internal meetings, preventing external meetings invites from appearing. The Show the meetings I have been invited to setting is available at the account, group, and user settings pages.
        
• User features
  • Control visibility of meetings users have been invited to
    Users can control the visibility of synced calendar events that the user was invited to and have associated Zoom Meeting details. Users can also restrict the visibility of these meetings to just internal meetings, preventing external meetings invites from appearing.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue regarding the correct number of Visitor Management licenses being displayed for admins to assign
• Resolved an issue regarding bulk user imports not being properly reflected in admin activity logs
• Resolved an issue regarding recording reports not generating properly for accounts with very large amounts of recordings
• Resolved an issue regarding discrepancies between webinar registration reports and the webinar registration tab

March 18, 2024

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Consolidated Meeting and Calendar tabs: Admin control
    The Meetings and Calendar tabs are merging to provide the greater visibility of the calendar view with the meeting details needed for your daily tasks. Easily view and filter upcoming meetings, view the invitees and their responses, and review shared materials ahead of the session, while also reviewing previous meetings and their assets, such as recordings, continuous meeting chats, whiteboards, and more. This change will be rolled out to accounts over time and be controlled through a web setting available at the account, group, and user levels. Initially, Basic, Pro, and some smaller Business accounts will have this available with the March release, with this enabled by default for those Basic and Pro accounts. Other accounts can expect this in an upcoming release, which can be managed for eligible accounts through the Feature Release Controls.
  • Anonymous questions for Webinar Q&A: Admin control
    The settings for Q&A are available in the Zoom web portal for admins to set the default for all users on the account. These settings are available at the account, group, and user levels, and admins can also lock the Allow anonymous questions sub-setting.
  • Meeting wallpapers: Admin control
    Meeting hosts can customize the wallpaper in their meeting, adding more color and customization to their meeting view. The host or co-host can choose from preset images provided by Zoom or their account admins. With a selection made, they can also adjust how much to blend the participant videos with the wallpaper image. Admins can control use of this at the account level, as well as provide additional default images, which are available to the host and co-host during meetings. Images uploaded through the web portal by admins must be JPG/JPEG or 24-bit PNG with a maximum size of 15 MB. The recommended resolution is 1920x1080px.
  • AI-generated Virtual Backgrounds: Admin control
    Generate a custom virtual background to suit your needs. Found within the virtual background selection window, eligible users can choose from preset options provided or enter a description of the virtual background they would like to generate. An AI-model will generate a few images to choose from, which can be immediately selected as your virtual background. Admins can control the use of this feature through account and group-level settings. This feature will be rolling out to accounts over the next few months.
  • Expanded support for disabling remote control with external participants
    The admin ability to control the use of the remote control feature when external participants are present is expanded to include preventing guests from controlling other guests’ screens and preventing internal users from controlling a guest's screen. There are no direct changes to the Disable remote control and remote support for guests in a meeting web setting, as the expanded support will be implemented as part of this existing setting. As a reminder, this setting is available at the account, group, and user levels.
  • Full emoji suite support for Webinar Reactions: Admin control
    Similar to Meeting Reactions, Webinar Reactions are able to utilize the full suite of available emojis, in addition to the 6 standard emojis. Availability of all emojis versus the standard set can be controlled at the account, group, and user level settings pages.
  • Customized waiting room for Webinars: Admin control
    Account admins can customize the waiting room experience for webinars, allowing customization of the image, text, and other waiting room assets that attendees see before joining each session and providing a more engaging and branded joining experience for attendees. These custom assets can be saved to webinar templates for reuse. The Webinar Waiting Room customization settings are available at the account, group, and user-level settings pages. Admins can set defaults for the account, as well as control a sub-setting that allows users to customize their webinar waiting rooms with their own uploaded image or video. This feature will be rolling out to accounts over the next months.
  • Support for multiple Vanity URLs
    Accounts with multiple brands or separate divisions within their organization can request multiple Vanity URLs for their Zoom account, allowing them to have multiple dedicated vanity URLs for their various brand names consolidated on one account. For each Vanity URL approved for the account, admins can configure a custom branding for each custom landing page. When adding multiple Vanity URLs, the first requested and approved URL is used as the default for the account. Admins can also assign a default Vanity URL for each user group, ensuring that Vanity URL is applied to their meeting join links.
  • Survey & Poll: Admin control for free text answers
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable the long and short free text answer for Survey & Poll creators. This setting is available at the account level.
  • Exclude all types of hosts from taking a survey
    The Exclude hosts, co-hosts, and panelists from taking survey setting has been created to prevent individuals with hosting roles from participating in surveys, streamlining the administration process and ensuring more accurate and unbiased feedback from participants. This setting is available at the account and user level and is enabled by default.
  • Track webinar emails setting
    Account owners and admins can enable the Track webinar emails setting, allowing specified email addresses to receive a copy of webinar emails sent from the system to webinar participants. This feature ensures that a copy of all types of Zoom-generated Webinar emails, including panelist invitations, panelist reminder emails, attendee registration confirmations, attendee reminder emails, and post-event follow-ups and absentee emails, are captured and sent to the designated email address(es) specified by an account admin.
  • Customer test accounts
    Account owners and admins can manage a test account, which is a separate account to test configuration items such as new feature enablement, without impacting production users, settings, or behavior. Customer test accounts include 10% of the production license quantity and are a copy of a production account’s base licensing configuration. This feature is available to Zoom One Business Plus, Zoom One Enterprise Essentials, Zoom One Enterprise Plus, Zoom One for Education Enterprise Essentials, and Zoom One for Education Enterprise Plus accounts, and must be provisioned through their dedicated Zoom Account Executive. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for March 25, 2024.
  • Dynamic emoji reactions for video tiles: Admin control
    Admins can control the use of new, more dynamic meeting reactions that appear and float up and around the user in their video tile, either in gallery or speaker views. This provides a greater visual indication of other video participant’s reactions for the presenter or speaker. These reactions only appear for video-on participants and can be selected separately through the in-meeting Reactions settings. This can be controlled through the Allow participants to use floating emojis sub-setting under the Meeting Reactions setting, available at the account, group, and user level settings pages.
        
• User features
  • Meeting Summary next-steps moved to the top
    The next steps provided as part of the meeting summary are moved to the top of the summary under quick recap, allowing viewers to get the most out of their meeting summary as quickly as possible. Previously, next steps were provided at the end of the summary. 
    
  • Expanded access for Meeting Coaching metrics
    When viewing the cloud recording, authenticated participants are also able to see their own conversational metrics. Previously, this was only available for the host of the meeting. Additionally, account admins viewing cloud recordings through Recording Management are able to view both the host and participants’ metrics.
  • Customized waiting room for Webinars
    Hosts can customize the waiting room experience for webinars, allowing customization of the image, text, and other waiting room assets that attendees see before joining each session and providing a more engaging and branded joining experience for attendees. These custom assets can be saved to webinar templates for reuse. Account admins can set defaults for the account, as well as control a sub-setting that allows users to customize their webinar waiting rooms with their own uploaded image or video. This feature and its associated backend architecture will be rolling out to accounts over the next months.
  • Q&A upvotes included in Q&A report
    If upvoting is allowed for Q&A and users indeed upvote submitted questions, the count of upvotes for each question will be included in the Q&A reports available afterwards. This will be available immediately for meeting reports. For webinars, this feature must be enabled by Zoom, the same as the View Webinar Q&A submissions from before joining feature mentioned in the February release, and when enabled, applies to all webinars on the account and requires all hosts and attendees to join with Zoom app version 5.17.0 or higher.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue in the List Meeting Participants API where two distinct users were incorrectly assigned the same user_id for the same meeting
• Resolved an issue where, while customizing a recording disclaimer, a specific section consistently stayed in English, regardless of the selected language
• Resolved an issue with the Web portal account settings where the shortcuts on the left side inconsistently functioned across different tabs, such as Meetings, AI Companion, and Team Chat
• Resolved an issue where users were unable to complete the setup of their calendar and contacts integration with Zoom
• Resolved an issue where users on Zoom mobile app were unable to add and edit polls
• Resolved an issue where a user encountered persistent login failures despite repeated attempts to use OTP codes received via email

Note: The Retention policies for Meeting Summaries and Remote control usage report features have been pulled from the release due to issues with deployment and will be available in another upcoming release. 

February 26, 2024

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Setting for sharing AI Companion Meeting Summary by email
    Account owners and admins can choose whether or not to include the full Meeting Summary text in the email that is sent to users post-meeting once the summary is generated. When disabled, users will receive only an email notification that the summary is ready, along with a URL for access. They will be prompted to sign into the web portal to view the summary content. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels and is enabled by default.
  • Track email activity
    Account owners and admins can search for emails and view the emails’ associated activity.
  • Domain-level Email Sending Control
    Admins can now exert precise control over email communication within the domain by adjusting sending limits and the maximum number of recipients. This enhancement empowers account administrators to customize sending limits based on user roles, such as granting higher limits for groups like sales and marketing, ensuring efficient and tailored email communication. Users exceeding the set limits will receive clear error messages, and after a 24-hour period, they can refresh their quota for uninterrupted sending.
  • All screens mode: Admin control
    All screens mode allows the host to request all participants share their screen to present the host with a scrollable side-by-side view of the participants and their shared desktop(s). Account owners and admins can enable or disable this feature at the account, and group levels. Hosts can also enable or disable it for individual meetings.
  • Auto-move to/from Waiting Room: Admin control
    Account owners and admins can automatically move participants to the Waiting Room if the host or alternative host leaves. They can also configure the settings to automatically admit those participants back into the meeting when the host or alternative host returns. These settings are available at the account level, group, and user levels.
  • ZDM enhanced client reporting mechanism
    Account owners and admins can leverage the enhanced client reporting mechanism in Zoom Device Management (ZDM). This mechanism reports a device's enrollment status, including Registered, Waiting to be Registered, and Device is Online but Failed to Register. Admins can choose the behavior for devices that fail to register: Option 1 disables the Zoom client on such devices, while Option 2, by default, does nothing. A GPO/MSI policy, DisableZoomIfNotZDMManaged, is available for the Zoom app to control the behavior of devices that fail to register. Previously, when registration/enrollment failed, customers encountered no error or report; the failure occurred silently.
  • View Webinar Q&A submissions from before joining
    Account admins can allow webinar attendees to view Q&A submissions from other attendees, even if those submissions were from before they joined the webinar. This feature must be enabled by Zoom, and when enabled, applies to all webinars on the account and requires all hosts and attendees to join with Zoom app version 5.17.0 or higher. Those with a lower app version can still join the webinar, but will neither be able to see the Q&A option on their control toolbar nor participate in Q&A. Without this enabled for your account, webinar attendees can only view Q&A submissions from after they joined the webinar.
        
• User features
  
  • All screens mode
    All screens mode allows the host to request all participants share their screen to present the host with a scrollable side-by-side view of the participants and their shared desktop(s). This feature is designed to provide a more streamlined and straightforward proctoring experience, focused on seeing both the participant video and their desktop share. When activating during a meeting, the host can also choose to allow participants to also view all shared desktops. Admins can control the use of this feature with account and group level settings, with hosts also being able to enable this for individual meetings as well.
  • Enhancement to Web portal warnings for Production Studio
    The warnings displayed in the web portal upon opening Production Studio have been revised to offer more detailed information. These updates explain how not meeting the hardware requirements of Production Studio may impact performance and affect the video resolution visible to attendees.
  • Additional supported languages for automated captions: Tamil 
    Automated and translated captioning support is expanding to include captioning for the Tamil language. This is enabled by default, but admins can control the availability of this language through the Automated captions settings within the web portal.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

Note: The Updated design for web-based User Profile in Contacts tab, Meeting Summary next-steps moved to the top, and Anonymous questions for Webinar Q&A: Admin control features have been pulled from release due to issues with deployment and will be available in another upcoming release. 

February 5, 2024

Changes to existing features

• Full enablement of Profanity filter
  The transcription profanity filter is generally available for all customers and regions. The profanity filter prevents transcription from displaying inappropriate words. Account owners and admins can import widely available 3rd party lists, eliminating the need to manually curate offensive words, and enabling easy customization according to their organization's needs. This filter applies to all Zoom products utilizing transcription services, including Meetings, Webinars, Smart Summaries, and Recordings.
• Survey and Poll limit size increased
  The Survey and Poll Library capacity has been increased from 100 to 150 in response to feedback from customers. This change offers greater flexibility for users to manage a more extensive collection of polls, aligning with their expressed needs. Additionally, the Choice field character limit has been extended from 200 to 255.

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue in which participants joining through a browser were unable to share PNG, PDF, JPEG, and JPG files
• Resolved an issue where the /metrics/meetings and /meetings/{id} APIs returned inconsistent tracking field values for some meetings
• Resolved an issue where guests were receiving a Joining Meeting Timeout or Browser Restriction message when joining Zoom Meetings created via API
• Resolved an issue where the exported user activity reports were in an invalid format, preventing customers from opening the file

Note: The Setting for sharing AI Companion Meeting Summary by email feature was pulled from release due to issues with deployment and will be available in another upcoming release.

January 22, 2024

Changes to existing features

• Profanity filter general availability
  The transcription profanity filter, initially launched in Beta last August 2023, is leaving Beta and is generally available for customers. The profanity filter prevents transcription from displaying inappropriate words. Account owners and admins can import widely available 3rd party lists, eliminating the need to manually curate offensive words, and enabling easy customization according to their organization's needs. This filter applies to all Zoom products utilizing transcription services, including Meetings, Webinars, Smart Summaries, and Recordings. This will be enabled for most customers with this release, with remaining customers having this enabled a few weeks later.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • AI Companion Dashboard 
    Account admins can view daily, weekly, and monthly AI Companion usage analytics for their account in the AI Companion tab of the Dashboard. Admins can see how many users on their account have used Meeting Summary, In-meeting questions, Team Chat thread summary, and chat compose, as well as how many interactions users have had with those features (how many summaries, how many messages composed by AI Companion). Admins can also view the top 10 AI Companion users on their account. 
  • Migrate contacts from Gmail to Zoom Mail
    Account owners and admins can migrate contacts from Gmail to Zoom Mail.
  • Account-level alias management
    In the Mailbox Management section on the Zoom web portal, account owners and admins can create, edit, delete, and manage settings for email aliases for all users on their account.
  • SMTP relay configuration
    Account owners and admins can configure Zoom Mail Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) relay on the Zoom web portal.
  • New admin setting for Survey Library
    A new setting has been added to allow account owners and admins to enable or disable the Survey library in the User Menu for users within their organization. When the Use surveys library to manage surveys, polls, and quizzes  setting is disabled, the surveys library won’t be available for managing surveys, polls, and quizzes.
  • Allow host to attach Poll to meeting or webinar instance 
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable the Allow host to create meeting polls and quizzes setting for all users within their account. If enabled, users can attach polls to a meeting or webinar instance. Additionally, users can save a copy of polls attached to a meeting or webinar to their Personal Library. This setting is available at the account level and is disabled by default.
  • Screen Sharing Presenter View: Admin control
    The new presenter layout combines a user’s video and shared screen to present everything in one frame. Admins can enable or disable this feature at the account, group, and user levels.
  • Admin control of external users in group chats and channels 
    Admins can control whether or not their users can add external users to group chats and channels and join external group chats and channels with two separate settings. Additionally, admins can specify who in the group chat or channel can add external users, selecting from everyone in the channel (including external users, if they exist), only internal users, or only account admins and owners. This only affects group chats and channels, and has no effect on 1:1 chats or continuous meeting chats. Changes to these account-level settings will affect the corresponding channel level settings, both when viewed in the Zoom app by the channel owner or when viewed through Channel Management in the web portal by the account owner/admin.External users already in group chats and channels when settings become more restrictive will remain in the channel, but going forward, the new settings will be followed. When using a link to a channel or chat message that they do not have access to, users will encounter an error indicating the channel cannot be found. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend release currently scheduled for January 28, 2024. 
  • Auto-archive channel or group chats: Admin control
    Account owners and admins can choose to auto-archive chat channels, group chats, and continuous meeting chats after a given number of days, weeks, or months of inactivity. These settings are available at the Account level.
        
• User features
  • Attach Poll to meeting or webinar instance
    If the Allow host to create meeting polls and quizzes setting is enabled by admins, users can attach polls to a meeting or webinar instance and save a copy of polls attached to a meeting or webinar to their Personal Library.
  • Additional supported languages for automated captions: Cantonese and Thai 
    Automated and translated captioning support is expanding to include captioning for Cantonese and Thai languages. These are enabled by default, but admins can control the availability of this language through the Automated captions and Translated captions settings within the web portal.
  • English to Greek support for translated captions
    Accounts using the translated captions feature will be able to have automated captions translated from English to Greek, facilitating easier communication between participants in Zoom Meetings. This language is enabled by default, but admins can control availability of this through settings in the web portal.
  • Ability to sign-in and switch between multiple accounts
    Users can sign in to multiple accounts and switch between them in the web portal. They can do this without going through the sign-out and sign-in process, allowing for a more efficient and seamless experience. Previously, they could only sign in to multiple accounts and switch between them using their desktop and mobile client (version 5.16.10 or higher).
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users where the reCAPTCHA validation was not functioning correctly when registering to view the recording
• Resolved an issue where searching in Admin Account Settings did not return all available options
• Resolved an issue where the data in Zoom Reporting API and Zoom web portal for Active/Inactive Host reports did not match
• Resolved an issue where users were unable to generate a webinar registration report when the browser is set to the French language
• Resolved an issue where the description for a webinar series did not update to reflect the information for the upcoming occurrence when a reminder email is sent
• Resolved an issue where the users were unable to make changes to Vanity URL Branding CSS

Notes:

• The Track email activity feature has been pulled from release due to issues with deployment and will be available in the February 2024 release.
• The Support cloud contacts on mobile change has pulled from release due to issues with deployment and will be available in another upcoming release. 

December 18, 2023

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Data Consent settings: Admin control
    Data Consent settings under the Data & Privacy menu make it easier for customers to find information about the data Zoom collects and how they are used, allowing them to make informed choices about their privacy. These settings are available in the Account and User levels. Both admin and user can also control how Zoom uses their data for personalized experiences. By enabling these settings admins and users are giving Zoom permission to use usage data either at the account or user level to provide better, targeted marketing and recommendations of Zoom products and services.
    • The Required Diagnostic Data setting is enabled by default and cannot be disabled, as Zoom collects this data to operate its service, provide support, and troubleshoot. This data helps keep your service reliable, secure and up to date.
    • The Optional Diagnostic Data setting default depends on the account’s regulatory jurisdiction and account type. This setting controls the use of additional data that helps Zoom make product improvements and provides enhanced information to help Zoom detect, diagnose, and remediate issues. If this feature is enabled at the account level, users may still disable the Optional Diagnostic Data in the Zoom web portal under Advanced then Data & Privacy. If disabled by admins, this feature will be automatically disabled for all users, with no option to enable it themselves.
          
  • Customer Managed Key (CMK) encrypted search
    For improved security, Zoom is introducing an option to encrypt the Team Chat’s search data through the Customer Managed Key (CMK) system. This enhancement enables admins to:
    • Establish a KMS key for managing encryption and decryption, with the capability to revoke KMS keys, thereby disabling any search operations.
    • Achieve more comprehensive compliance with Bring Your Own Key (BYOK) requirements, as the search index data is now separated and safeguarded using the customer’s key.
    • Seamlessly integrate key configuration with CMK for unified administration.
          
  • Zoom Mail and Calendar admin onboarding guide on the Zoom web portal
    Account owners and admins can use the step-by-step onboarding guide on the Zoom web portal for setting up Zoom Mail and Zoom Calendar.
  • Request host to start cloud recording: Admin control
    Admins can control if meeting participants can request the host begin a cloud recording of the current meeting. The meeting host will receive the request and be able to approve the request and begin the cloud recording, decline this request, or decline this and all future requests for this meeting. If unlocked by admins, the host can also decide to enable Smart Recording with AI Companion for the current meeting’s cloud recording, or for the current and all future meetings. This is available at the account level.
  • Control visibility of Join from Room option for upcoming meetings
    Admins and users can choose to disable the Join from Room option for upcoming meetings shown on the Zoom app. This setting is enabled by default to maintain the preexisting user experience. Disabling Join from Room may be useful for customers that do not have Zoom Rooms, or have non-Zoom Room SIP/H.323 devices, to avoid user confusion.
        
• User features
  • Expanded Meeting Coach support for Brazil and Singapore
    Customers with accounts based in the Brazil and Singapore clusters, or have their content storage region set to Brazil or Singapore, can utilize the Meeting Coach functionality within the Smart Recording with AI Companion feature. Previously, customers in these accounts were unable to utilize this functionality.
  • Data Consent settings: User access
    Data Consent settings under the Data & Privacy menu make it easier for customers to find information about the data Zoom collects and how they are used, allowing them to make informed choices about their privacy. This setting is available in the Account and User level. If this feature is enabled at the account level, users may still disable the Optional Diagnostic Data in the Zoom web portal under Advanced then Data & Privacy. If disabled by admins, this feature will be automatically disabled for all users, with no option to enable it themselves.
    Both admin and user can also control how Zoom uses their data for personalized experiences. By enabling these settings admins and users are giving Zoom permission to use usage data either at the account or user level to provide better, targeted marketing and recommendations of Zoom products and services.
  • Support Survey and Poll favorites
    Users can enhance accessibility to their frequently used or favorite surveys and polls by starring these items, ensuring they are prioritized at the top of the list for quick identification. Additionally, users will be able to streamline their experience by filtering and viewing only favorited surveys or polls within the Library in Meetings, Webinars, and Team Chat. Stared polls will be prominently displayed at the top of the library for Meetings, Webinars, and Team Chat, providing a convenient and efficient user experience.
  • Assigning and deleting Polls
    Recent changes to the Survey & Polls user experiences in Zoom resulted in users being unable to assign specific Polls to meeting or webinar instances, impacting the host's ability to filter Polls, particularly in co-host scenarios. Additionally, users lost the capability to delete old polls. In the upcoming enhancement, users will regain the ability to both delete old polls and easily filter selected Polls to a meeting or webinar instance.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolve an issue with meeting authentication exceptions not allowing authenticated users to join from LTI in Canvas
• Resolved an issue with breakout room toggle not showing on the Web portal

Note: The Ability to sign-in and switch between multiple accounts feature has been pulled out from the release due to issues with deployment and will be available in another upcoming release. 

December 4, 2023

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where users provisioned through SSO were assigned the default group, while those provisioned through SCIM were not receiving the default group assignment

November 20, 2023

Changes to existing features

• Retention period for locally stored Team Chat messages changed to one year for free accounts
  The local storage duration of Team Chat messages for free accounts has been changed to one year, allowing messages stored locally to remain accessible for a year for free users. This change will take effect for both new installations and reinstalls.
• Updated Zoom favicon
  Zoom is unveiling a new favicon (aka: shortcut icon) designed for both the desktop client and web. This updated icon will apply to various aspects of the Zoom client, including the system tray and taskbar, and also extend to the website icon, browser tab icon, URL icon, and bookmark icon.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Survey setting section
    Account owners and admins can manage their surveys more efficiently, specifically enabling or disabling link sharing for surveys within their account using the new Survey tab under Account Settings and Group settings. Currently, Survey settings are located in the Meeting and Webinar section and there is no way to disable Survey link sharing.
  • Support sign-in and switch between multiple accounts: Admin control
    Account owners and admins can allow their users to sign-in and switch between multiple accounts using the Zoom desktop client and Zoom mobile app. They can customize the sign-in and multiple account switching settings either through Device Management or on a per-device basis using the MSI/PLIST/GPO option DisableMultipleAccountsSwitch. This feature won’t be immediately available as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for November 28, 2023.
  • Group settings in Team Chat AI Companion
    Group-level settings will be required for all features of the Team Chat AI Companion, such as Chat Compose and Thread Summary. This enhancement provides greater control and customization within team communication, ensuring alignment with the team's specific needs and workflows.
  • Restrict local recording for guest participants
    Admins can restrict the ability of guest participants (meeting participants not in your account) to request the host to grant them local recording privileges. This gives admins more control over all guest participants’ local recording abilities, rather than controlling that at the user-level through in-meeting host controls. This can be controlled by admins at the Account and Group levels, as sub-settings under their respective Local Recording settings.
  • Restricting local recording and saving chat transcripts for non-ZDM managed devices
    Admins can restrict the ability for their users to join meetings and be able to locally record or locally save meeting chat transcripts when connected through a device not managed by Zoom Device Management. This provides admins the flexibility to allow their users to join their meetings on personal devices, while ensuring meeting data cannot be saved locally to an unmanaged device. This can be controlled by admins at the Account and Group levels, as sub-settings under their respective Local Recording and Meeting Chat settings.
  • Follow-the-user controls for AI Companion features for Meetings
    Admins have more granular control of use of AI Companion features in Zoom Meetings through the Restrict in-meeting features for users joining meetings option for account admins. If these AI Companion features are disabled, the user will not be able see or interact with the AI Companion features, but their audio will still be transcribed and included in the summary and available for questions by others. This is also available as client-side mass deployment policies.
  • Sign language and spoken language translation reporting
    Admins can view reports on the use of language translation and sign-language translation features for meetings on their account, providing them with better understanding of how much their account utilizes these features. This report provides a total number of minutes of language translation used in the chosen month, as well as breaking down the usage by meeting and languages provided for each meeting.
  • Enhanced admin controls for AI Companion questions and meeting summary
    Admin controls for AI Companion questions and meeting summary, available at the account, group, and user levels, include the ability to lock the sub-settings regarding auto-start and who is given access to AI Companion questions and summary.
        
• User features
  • Swedish language support
    Zoom users can change the language of their Zoom web page and desktop client to Swedish, in addition to the currently supported languages.
  • Smart Recording with AI Companion enhancement: Meeting Coach
    Hosts can get even more information from their cloud recordings by having AI Companion analyze key meeting and conversation factors. Analytics are provided on your talk speed, talk-listen ratio, longest spiel (or monologue), filler word usage, and patience and are accessible when viewing the cloud recording. This is controlled at the Account, Group, and User level, as a sub-setting under the Smart Recording with AI Companion setting.
  • Export registrant list
    Webinar hosts will be able to easily export the current list of registrants, including the registrant’s name, email address, and their unique join link, directly from the webinar details page. This makes it easier for hosts to export their registrants and send out their own custom emails with the necessary information for attendees to join the upcoming webinar.
  • Auto-start AI Companion questions and meeting summary options when scheduling
    When scheduling a meeting in the web portal, hosts can enable auto-start for AI Companion questions and meeting summary. This gives hosts more granular control over which meetings should be scheduled with AI Companion features set to automatically start, while still allowing them the ability to manually start these features for others not scheduled to auto-start the AI Companion features.
  • Additional language support for cloud recording audio transcripts 
    The audio transcripts generated from cloud recordings support 19 additional languages, allowing the host to adjust the speaking language and have more accurate transcriptions generated.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where a webinar co-host cannot access the on-demand cloud recording
• Resolved an issue where the webinar participant ID is missing in the email reminder
• Resolved an issue regarding missing registration report for recurring meetings

November 15, 2023

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Enhancements to role management for Zoom Rooms and Workspaces
    Admins can manage Zoom Rooms and/or Workspaces at a Location level by defining a custom scope in Role Management. This allows a user with an assigned role to view only the Zoom Rooms and/or Workspaces that belong to the Location(s) designated in the custom scope. Additionally, a new discrete role, Digital Signage, has been added for Zoom Rooms administration. 
        

November 5, 2023

Changes to existing features

• Change to default of Automated captions setting
  Accessibility is at the heart of what we do at Zoom, and we’re always looking for ways to make our products more inclusive. As such, Zoom will be enabling the Automated captions setting for paid accounts over the next few months, to expand access for meeting participants to enable captions as needed. An email will be sent to account admins ahead of their account’s change. An email will be sent to account admins ahead of their account’s change.

New and enhanced features

• User features
  • Additional supported languages for automated captions: Bengali
    Bengali (Beta) is added to the available languages for automated captioning.
        

October 30, 2023

Changes to existing features

• Added Quick Recap section to Meeting Summary with AI Companion 
  The Meeting Summary with AI Companion sent to your email includes a brief recap of the summary. This new section is the first section of the emailed summary, allowing you to quickly review before reading other sections in more detail. This will also be available soon for meeting summaries accessed through the web portal and a meeting’s dedicated group chat.
  
• Smart Recording with AI Companion in-meeting enablement
  Additional changes are being made to the Smart Recording feature to better align it under the AI Companion feature suite. Meeting hosts can potentially enable the Smart Recording feature in a meeting, even if it is not enabled for all of their meetings (if the setting is off and unlocked). If the feature is locked the host can send a request to the admin to request to enable this feature. If the host is not an admin, an email request will be sent by Zoom to account admins for their consideration on whether to enable it. Similar to other AI Companion features, admins can control the visibility of this in-meeting enablement option through web settings at the account level.

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue regarding meeting participant names displaying incorrect characters and symbols

October 23, 2023

Changes to existing features

• Smart Recording with AI Companion setting relocation
  The Smart Recording settings are being relocated from the Recording tab to the dedicated AI Companion tab, in order to better align it under the AI Companion feature suite.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Control concurrent sign-ins on multiple devices 
    Admins can allow simultaneous sign-ins on multiple devices of the same type, such as using two smartphones or two laptops, providing them with less restricted flexibility. This setting is available for admins at the account level Security page and allows admins to choose 2-5 concurrent sign-ins. By default, users can sign in from multiple devices, as long as those devices are of different types (web, desktop, and mobile). Previously, this feature had to be enabled by Zoom.
  • Enhancement to Webinar video quality settings
    Zoom is reintroducing the 720p default setting for webinar video feeds, aligning with the improved scale and network capabilities post-pandemic. Account owners and admins can enable or disable Standard (720p) and Full HD (1080p, offered with a Zoom Sessions or Zoom Events license) options, offering greater control over video quality. This feature will be enabled by default for new Webinar customers. However, it will not be immediately available to existing Webinar customers, as it is rolling out to different groups of webinar customers over the next couple of months.
  • Ability to authenticate with the KeyBroker role in the CMK
    Account owners and admins can authenticate with the KeyBroker role in the CMK (Customer Managed Keys) AWS account. This change provides customers with the choice of granting key access at either the root or role level and is a customer-facing feature with no impact on data handling, architecture, or security features in Zoom. Admins can either grant key access to the Zoom key broker as arn:aws:iam::409910850980:root or alternatively specify arn:aws:iam::409910850980:role/KeyBroker in their key policy file.
  • Enhanced Survey management: Admin control
    Account owners and admins can effortlessly create, edit, and manage surveys applicable to all meetings and webinars hosted on their account. Additional enhancements include:
    • Survey builder: allows Zoom owners and admins to create generic surveys that will be applicable to Meetings, Webinars, and Contact Center. Survey can now be branded (background color and image banner).
    • Default survey (Meetings & Webinar): allows Zoom owners and admins to assign a default Post Meeting or Post Webinar Survey at the user level or even at the account level. Additionally, it is also possible to assign a default survey to an Admin Meeting Template.
          
  • Library for Survey & Polls: Admin control
    Account owners and admins can access their own survey and polls library where they can create, edit, preview, view results, export in new CSV format, duplicate, obtain a link to, and delete their surveys and polls. Account owners have access to their personal library whereas admins access to the global library (Account level).
  • External label in Chat History Report
    A new label has been added to the Chat History Report so that account owners and admins with appropriate permission can easily identify channels that are externally owned or chat and channels that include external members. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for November 3, 2023.
  • Team Chat Channel Activity Logs
    Account owners and admins with appropriate permission can use the Team Chat Channel Activity Logs to track all modifications to channels, including:
    • • Channel creation (when, by whom)
      • Original Channel settings/permissions
      • Original Channel membership
      • Changes to settings/permissions (when, by whom)
      • Membership joins/leaves (when)
      • Apps added (by whom and when)
      • Changes in Channel ownership/admins
            
    This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for November 11, 2023.
  • Simulive type webinars: Admin control
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable their users' ability to schedule Simulive webinars and upload videos for use in the sessions. This setting is available at the Account, Group, and User levels and is enabled by default. Previously, the feature was enabled for all users with the appropriate license and had no web control settings. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for November 3, 2023.
    Note: The option to upload a video to be used with Simulive is available by request only.
  • Support for 100k Zoom Webinar attendees
    Zoom Webinars are able to support up to 100,000 attendees in a single webinar session. Previously, the maximum number of attendees was 50,000, with additional attendees able to be directed to a live-streamed version of the webinar. This feature must be enabled by Zoom.
        
• User features
  • Cloud recording playback enhancements
    The Playback Detail page is redesigned to help users find their AI companion features. The Smart Recording and next steps are seen in the right side panel for easier access. Additionally, thumbnail images are added to the Smart Summary chapters, if enabled.
  • Enhanced Survey management
    Hosts can choose to use the surveys configured by their account owners and admins for all their meetings and webinars to ensure consistent feedback collection. Additional enhancements include:
    • Skip logic: a new functionality that allows question/s to be skipped depending on option selected by respondent in Single Choice Question
    • Survey Branding (color, image): allows survey creator to customize survey with a preset of colors
          
  • Centralized library for Survey & Polls
    Users can access a centralized location where they can create, edit, share, preview, view results in new CSV export format, duplicate, obtain a link to, and delete their surveys and polls using their personal library.
  • Enhancement to Simulive type webinars
    If configured by account owners and admins, users can enable scheduling Simulive type webinars for personal use. Previously, the feature was enabled for all users with the proper license and had no web control settings. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for November 3, 2023.
  • Additional supported languages for automated captions and translated captions: Danish, Thai, and Welsh
    Danish (Beta) is being added to the available languages for automated captioning and translated captions, available for translation between Danish and any other supported languages. Thai (Beta) and Welsh (Beta) are also being added to translated captions, but both are only available for translation between them and English.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where, when exporting a report as a CSV file for multiple meetings, the reports use the US date format instead of following the Date Format setting in the user's profile
• Resolved an issue where, when adding webinar to Google Calendar, users were getting System error please try again later (403)
• Resolved an issue where the webinar participant name in reminder email for Japanese is in the wrong order
• Resolved an issue where the participants’ last name were duplicated in meeting participant list and participant report
• Resolved an issue where the Poll reports showed the attendee names as guest and actual time started were inaccurate
• Resolved an issue where adding external users to chat channels were unsuccessful because the intended recipients weren't receiving the email invitations

October 2, 2023

Changes to existing features

• Additional availability of Meeting Summary and Thread Summary AI Companion features
  The AI Companion Meeting Summary and Team Chat Thread Summary features are now available for accounts with BAAs in place.These features remain disabled by default and may be enabled by account admins.

September 25, 2023

Changes to existing features

• Migration of AI Companion web settings to dedicated AI Companion tab 
  The corresponding web settings for most AI Companion features are being moved to their own dedicated tab on the Account, Group, and User-level settings pages in the web portal. This includes settings for Meeting Summary, AI Companion questions, Team Chat Compose and Summary, and Email Compose, but excludes Smart Recording, as that is still included in cloud recording settings. Future AI Companion features will also plan to have their settings located in this new AI Companion tab. 

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Greater admin control of which participants can interact with AI Companion
    The web settings for AI Companion questions in meetings will also allow admins to control who in the meeting can ask AI Companion questions about the current meeting, if active in the current meeting. Admins can restrict AI Companion access to only the host, all participants from the point they join (meaning they cannot ask questions about topics from before they joined), and all participants for the entire time the AI Companion is active. These additional options under the AI Companion setting are available at the account, group, and user levels. If this is unlocked, hosts can also control this access during the live meeting. 
        
• User features
  • Greater host control of which participants can interact with AI Companion
    The web settings for AI Companion questions in meetings will also allow hosts to control who in the meeting can ask AI Companion questions about the current meeting, if active in the current meeting. The host can restrict AI Companion access to only themselves, all participants from the point they join (meaning they cannot ask questions about topics from before they joined), and all participants for the entire time the AI Companion is active. If this is unlocked, hosts can also control this access during the live meeting. 
        

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where registration for meetings, previously set to manual approval, was successfully updated to auto approval, but registrants were not receiving confirmation emails
• ​​Resolved an issue where meeting invitations for a meeting that required registration were not automatically sent for imported users, requiring manual sending by the customer at a later time

September 18, 2023

Changes to existing features

• User requests for enabling Team Chat Compose and Thread Summary with Zoom AI Companion 
  Paid users on eligible paid plans (may not be available for select verticals and regional customers) may be able to see the Zoom AI Companion chat compose and thread summary options within the Team Chat UI, even if the account admin has not enabled it. If these options are visible but not enabled, users can request admin enablement. Account admins can control the visibility of these enablement options through web settings. By default, these features will be visible to users in Team Chat.
• Quick-launch Whiteboard option replaced by Web App
  The quick-launch option for Zoom Whiteboard, found in the top-right corner of the web portal, is replaced by a link to access the Zoom Web App.
• Enhancement to push notification prompt
  The enhanced push notification prompt emphasizes that if a user chooses to request a One Time Password (OTP) to continue the sign-in attempt, they need to enter their OTP as the initial step and should use the Resend button only if the OTP was not received upon the initial press, ensuring clarity and ease of use.
• Support multiple URLs in Webinar Resources
  Webinar resources can display multiple resource links at a time during a Webinar. When multiple links are enabled during the Webinar, attendees will be able to scroll through the links that the host enabled.  This allows the presenter or host to provide a diverse range of supplementary materials, such as slides, handouts, reference documents, and relevant URLs.
• Zoom IQ for Sales renamed to Zoom Revenue Accelerator
  Zoom IQ for Sales, a conversational intelligence add-on for Zoom Meetings and Zoom Phone, is rebranded as Zoom Revenue Accelerator. As part of this rebranding, associated web settings, descriptions, prompts, and other mentions are updated to be aligned with the new name.
• Expanded access to audio transcription and Smart Recording for cloud recordings 
  The ability to generate a post-meeting audio transcript for a cloud recording, as well as the Smart Recording ability, which generates chapters and next steps based on the cloud recording’s transcript, are now both available for Pro accounts and higher. Previously, these features were available for Business accounts and higher.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Expand chat history filters
    Account owners and admins have the capability to search for up to 5 specific users at a time in the Chat History Report.   
  • Reflect Cloud retention period on Edit Channel and Channel Management screens
    Account owners and admins can determine the Cloud Storage retention period for any given channel at a quick glance on the Channel Management screen. Additionally, if channel-specific cloud storage has been set, they have the ability to revert back to the default cloud storage setting directly from the Edit Channel screen. These improvements enhance the Admin experience on the Channel Management and Edit Channel screens, providing better retention period management, increased clarity, and control.
  • Customer Managed Key (CMK) protection for Team Chat messages with external users
    CMK encryption has been expanded to protect chats and channels with external users. Previously, CMK only protected chats or channels with internal users.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where users added to a group upon accepting an account invitation were not automatically added to the team chat channel
• Resolved an issue where time zones for recordings are inconsistent across the Web portal, Zoom for Outlook plugin, and email notifications
• Resolved an issue where developers were not getting an email back when querying user/me
• Resolved an issue where the Zoom Scheduler video settings do not follow the settings configured in the Web portal 
• Resolved an issue where the Dashboard statistics were not properly populated
• Resolved an issue where Zoom sends out email notifications when a meeting is updated from the Web portal

Note: The 2 Continuous Meeting Chat enhancements, Continuous Meeting Chat enhancements for external invitees and “Chat with everyone” links embedded into meeting invites set up with Continuous Meeting Chat, have been pulled from release due to a late bug discovery, and will be available in another upcoming release.

September 5, 2023

Changes to existing features

• Zoom IQ feature suite renamed as Zoom AI Companion
  Zoom’s AI-powered features, such as Meeting Summary, Team Chat Compose, and other upcoming features, are rebranded under the Zoom AI Companion name. As part of this rebranding, associated web settings, descriptions, prompts, and other mentions are updated to be aligned with the new name.
• In-meeting request/self-enablement of Meeting Summary and AI Companion
  Meeting participants can potentially request the Meeting Summary or AI Companion features be enabled while in a meeting, even with the associated web setting disabled. If the host is an admin, the host can immediately enable this feature for the current meeting and associated web setting. If the host is not an admin, an email request will be sent by Zoom to account admins for their consideration on whether to enable it. Additionally, admins can control the visibility of these in-meeting enablement options through web settings.
• AI Companion features ending Free Trial, now generally available
  The AI Companion Meeting Summary and Team Chat Compose features are ending their free trial and will now be available for all eligible accounts. All Licensed users on paid accounts will continue to have access to these features at no additional cost.
• Wider Smart Recording availability to include Pro accounts
  The availability of the Smart Recording feature for cloud recordings will also include Pro accounts. Previously, this cloud recording setting was only available for Business accounts and higher.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Allow users to ask AI Companion questions about the meeting
    Zoom’s AI Companion transcribes and analyzes the verbal discussions in Zoom Meetings, allowing participants to ask the AI Companion questions about the meeting content that has been discussed and receive a response based on the meeting analysis thus far. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels. With the account-level setting disabled, admins can also control the in-meeting visibility of the toolbar option and participants' ability to self-enable or request admin enablement.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where users experienced 500 Internal Server Error (-1) when accessing webinar registration page
• Resolved an issue where when filtering invoice list by invoice/due date, invoices were arranged alphabetically rather than chronologically

August 24, 2023

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Admin control of registration banner and logo customization
    Account admins can restrict webinar hosts from customizing the banner and logo images used in customized webinar registration pages allowing admins to ensure their users are utilizing their approved images. Webinar hosts can choose to forgo the admin-provided image and have no image at all, but will not be able to upload any alternative images unless allowed. This setting will be available at the account and group levels.
  • Full availability of custom auto-update channels
    Account owners and admins can create a custom auto-update channel, allowing their users to automatically update their Zoom desktop clients to a specific version of the admin’s choosing. These devices must be managed by ZDM and this feature only supports Windows and macOS devices at this time. This feature is now available for all eligible customers. Previously, this feature had to be enabled by Zoom.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue regarding denied access to an on-demand recording

August 21, 2023

Changes to existing features

• Relocation of smart recording information when viewing cloud recordings
  When viewing a cloud recording, the smart recording information is now located in the right-side panel, joining the existing tabs in that panel for audio transcript and saved chat messages.
• Changes to Polls report format
  The Polls CSV report format has been changed for improved data presentation and enhanced historical tracking. Changes to the Polls report format include adding Launched Polls historical data, a row for the count of responders, and renaming the User Email column to Email address. This change will apply to Polls for Meetings, Webinars, Events, and Sessions.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Admin control of CAPTCHA security checks in PWA join flow
    Account admins can require CAPTCHA security checks during the join flow to suppress bots from joining meetings and webinars through the web client. The CAPTCHA security checks will only be displayed to users who join and are not signed in. Users who are signed in will not see the CAPTCHA screen during the join process. Account admins can control this through the Zoom web portal at the account, group, and user levels. This feature is dependent on the PWA release, currently scheduled for August 28, 2023. 
  • Bot and app activity reflected in chat history report
    Account owners and admins will be able to view app activity within the chat history report, as it appears in the Team Chat client. This activity will also be included in the data exported from the chat history report when using the HTML download function. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for September 2.
  • Transcription profanity filter admin control
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable the profanity filter feature that prevents transcription from displaying inappropriate words. They can import widely available 3rd party lists, eliminating the need to manually curate offensive words, and enabling easy customization according to their organization's needs. This filter applies to all Zoom products utilizing transcription services, including Meetings, Webinars, Smart Summaries, and Recordings. This feature must be enabled by Zoom. 
  • Admin control of auto-accept far end camera control
    Account owners and admins can allow their users to auto-accept far end camera control requests from designated Zoom users, speeding up the process when far end camera control is frequently used by the same user again and again. The auto-accept permission can be assigned to any authenticated participant in the meeting or Zoom contacts outside of a meeting, and can also be removed at any point through client settings. This setting is available at the account and group levels.
        
• User features
  • Transcription profanity filter
    Users can report and suggest words that they think should be added to the profanity list that their organization uses. This filter applies to all Zoom products utilizing transcription services, including Meetings, Webinars, Smart Summaries, and Recordings. This feature must be enabled by Zoom. 
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where past webinar presenters were automatically included in Google Calendar invites when scheduling webinars
• Resolved an issue where user creation dates in User Management could not be arranged chronologically
• Resolved an issue where users experienced page timeouts or received The Operation Failed messages when opening the .ics file from the registration confirmation page of recurring webinars
• Resolved an issue where the removal of Zoom meetings using the Outlook add-in resulted in the unintended deletion of associated Outlook meetings, contrary to the expected behavior of only deleting the Zoom meetings
• Resolved an issue where a subset of users utilizing the S2S OAuth App were intermittently encountering code 124 invalid access token error with extension error message "extension_error_message":"{E}Can not find the authentication for the access token
• Resolved an issue where a subset of users were encountering reports with blank email addresses, despite the registration link having mandatory email address information
• Resolved an issue where updates made to a recurring webinar description, intended for all occurrences, were not being reflected across all instances
• Resolved an issue where, for recurring meetings scheduled with 'Join before host,' the email sent to the host always displayed the time of the last occurrence, even though attendees had joined during the first occurrence
• Resolved an issue where the remote_control user setting did not align correctly. Even after setting the remote_control API to FALSE, it wrongly showed as TRUE
• Resolved an issue where the audio conferencing welcome message was not functioning as expected
• Resolved an issue where the security settings were not fully displayed for the API call /accounts/{accountId}/settings
• Resolved an issue where the report displayed a discrepancy in the number of webinar registrants
• Resolved an issue where customers were unable to save changes when updating a post-webinar survey question from any type to rating scale
• Resolved an issue where the downloadable .ics file generated after scheduling a webinar did not contain the link in the description
• Resolved an issue where AI Management operation logs were appearing for users who did not have a Zoom Virtual Agent license

August 11, 2023

Changes to existing features

• Updated Meeting Summary, Smart Recording, and Team Chat Compose prompts to reflect Zoom’s data policies 

August 7, 2023

New and enhanced features

• User features
  
  • Additional captioning language support: Farsi/Persian (Beta) and Romanian (Beta)
    Automated captioning support is expanding to include captioning for the Farsi/Persian and Romanian languages, both in Beta. These languages are enabled by default, but admins can control the availability of these languages through the Automated captions setting within the web portal.
  • Additional translated captioning language support: Tamil, Hebrew, Portuguese, Romanian Persian, and Canadian French
    Translated captioning support is expanding to include caption translation from English to Tamil and English to Hebrew, as well as translation support between Portuguese, Romanian Persian, and Canadian French with all other currently supported languages. All of these newly supported languages are currently in Beta. These languages are enabled by default, but admins can control the availability of these languages through the Translated captions setting within the web portal.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where users were redirected to a Registration is now closed page instead of the session details in Webinars. This occurred when the Webinars originally had registration enabled by the host but was eventually disabled.

July 24, 2023

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Enhanced feedback form: Admin control
    The Give Feedback form, available in the desktop client and mobile app, is redesigned to enable customers to provide satisfaction scores and provide feedback on Zoom’s product suite. Admins can choose to provide this feedback option for users on their account, as well as allow users to provide text feedback or just satisfaction scores. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels. 
  • Auto-start Meeting Summary with Zoom IQ 
    Admins can allow their users to have the Meeting Summary feature automatically start for any meetings they host, skipping the need for them to manually enable the summary generation during their meetings. Users can still stop and start the summary as needed in the meeting. This is available as a sub-setting to the current Meeting Summary with Zoom IQ setting, available at the account, group, and user-level settings pages.
        
• User features
  • Enhancement to customer feedback form
    The Give Feedback form has been enhanced to provide a better user experience and facilitate more useful data gathering for Zoom. Users can specify the Zoom product they want to provide feedback on, share a product satisfaction score, and provide additional details through a free-form text box.
  • Auto-start Meeting Summary with Zoom IQ 
    Users can have the Meeting Summary feature automatically start for any meetings they host, skipping the need for them to manually enable the summary generation during their meetings. Users can still stop and start the summary as needed in the meeting. This is available as a sub-setting to the current Meeting Summary with Zoom IQ setting.
        
• Zoom Mesh
  • Support for multiple subnet ranges in Zoom Mesh
    Zoom Mesh now supports adding multiple subnets when setting up or editing a Mesh location. 
  • Bulk Licensing support for Zoom Mesh
    Zoom Node and Node module licenses now can be shared from master to subaccounts.
        

July 17, 2023

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Zoom Mail filter management 
    Account owners and admins can manage spam filters for their organization. Once the account owner or admin has chosen their managed domain, they can search for a spam filter by source or type and can edit or delete filters.
  • Disable remote control for external users 
    Account admins can restrict the ability of guest participants to remote control another participant’s screen during share. This allows internal participants to continue to use remote control as needed, while external unauthenticated participants are blocked from requesting or being given remote control of shared screens. Previously, remote control could only be controlled for all meeting participants. This setting can be accessed at the account, group, and user levels. This feature must be enabled by Zoom. 
        
• User features
  
  • Meeting summary of next steps and segment titles
    Users can view the meeting summary, next steps, and titles for each meeting segment. These next steps and segment titles are included in the email and Team Chat summary shared with the host and participants (if allowed).
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where there was a license mismatch, resulting in the inability to assign a license
• Resolved an issue where subsets of users were unable to access specific recordings due to an authentication issue
• Resolved an issue where account admins cannot trim cloud recordings
• Resolved an issue where a user received repeated pop-up messages about Updated Terms of Service upon joining a meeting, despite having already clicked the Join button in the initial pop-up
• Resolved an issue where the list of domains under the Signed into Zoom with Specific Domains option had disappeared
• Resolved an issue where the Dashboard for Zoom Rooms was not displaying accurate information on the People count graph for weekly and monthly graphs
• Resolved an issue where the date and time displayed on the Admin Dashboard were inaccurate
• Resolved an issue where pulling reports was taking an excessively long time
• Resolved an issue where importing an ICS file would only import one occurrence instead of all the specified occurrences
• Resolved an issue where users were unable to view recordings due to a faulty page layout
• Resolved an issue where deleting a recurring meeting from the web portal returned an Invalid Meeting ID error

July 3, 2023

New and enhanced features

• Administrator feature

  • Set default Team Chat channels for users
    Account owners and admins can set up to 5 default Team Chat channels, which all new and existing users will automatically be added to. The chosen channels must be public channels and users can choose to leave these default channels.

          
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where the Zoom Dashboard displayed inaccurate data for Usage by Audio Type
• Resolved an issue where the frontend translation for the From/To date in Japanese was incorrect in the Meeting Summary with Zoom IQ
• Resolved an issue where customers’ vanity URL headers were missing logout and profile buttons
• Resolved an issue where users were directed to the upcoming meetings page instead of being able to continue the checkout process when purchasing an add-on
• Resolved an issue where the Zoom Dashboard incorrectly displayed active users as Deleted Users instead of showing their names
• Resolved an issue where members who did not have role privileges were able to access the Sub Account Management option

June 30, 2023

New and enhanced features

• Device management features
  • Zoom Phone Appliance PIN code
    Users and Administrators can reset the personal PIN number to lock the Zoom Phone Appliance. Admins can reset the PIN on the device which allows Users to create a new one. Alternatively, users can reset/change their PIN themselves on the Web Portal settings under Collaboration Devices.
  • Zoom Phone Appliance downgrade
    Upon contact with Zoom support, Account owners and admins can downgrade the Zoom app and/or firmware version on their Zoom Phone Appliances, to a previous version if necessary. This functionality allows them to perform these actions on a single device or multiple devices simultaneously.
  • Zoom Phone Appliances reservation
    Account owners and admins can allow their users to reserve Zoom Phone Appliances to join meetings, share whiteboard, or make phone calls.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

June 19, 2023

Changes to existing features

• Team Chat message retention logic
  Cloud storage retention logic is changed to be more simplified and predictable for group chats and channels that include members from different groups or accounts with different cloud storage retention periods. All group chats and channels will follow the cloud storage retention period of the owner for that group chat or channel. 1:1 chats will continue to use the shortest retention period between the users. Additionally, the web settings for chat retention are renamed to better convey what they control. 
• Change to default for Immersive Scenes setting
  The Immersive Scenes setting will be enabled for all accounts. Please note the following:
  • If you have a Pro account, the setting is already enabled.
  • If your organization had an existing paid account starting in December 2022 or after, this setting is already enabled.
  • If your organization had an existing paid account that started before December 2022, this setting was originally released as disabled for your account. The setting's default state for this feature will now be enabled.
  • If your organization has an account formula for features that are turned off, that formula will continue for this feature's admin settings.
        
• Reorganization of settings related to data and storage
  Users can access data and storage settings, including Data configuration, Operation Data Storage Location, and Communications Content Storage Location, from the General tab on the Account, Group, and User Settings pages. Additional Admin permissions are required to control these settings on the Account and Group levels. Previously, these data and storage settings were under the Profile page.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  
  • Zoom mailing list management
    Account owners and admins can view and manage different mailing lists in their organization. They can also create mailing lists based on an existing group or a custom set of users.
  • Webinar Breakout Rooms: Admin control
    Admins can allow webinar hosts to create smaller breakout sessions during their webinar, similar to those available in Zoom Meetings. The host can specify how many rooms they want to create, then manually assign attendees to each room, or have attendees automatically assigned to rooms. These breakout rooms are independent in terms of audio and video from the main webinar session, but hosts can move freely in, out, and between open breakout rooms. Webinars can have up to 1000 attendees split across 100 rooms. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels, and requires a Zoom Events or Zoom Sessions license. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for June 26, 2023.
  • Team Chat screen sharing controls
    Account owners and admins can enable screen sharing in Team Chat for direct messages. When enabled, during a one-on-one chat, users can share their screen similar to how it is done during a meeting. This setting is available at the account and group levels. This feature must be enabled by Zoom.
        
• Developer features
  • Support Active Hosts report
    Active Hosts report can be accessed by account owners and admins of video SDK accounts allowing them to see how many session minutes are consumed in a session and how many minutes are used by each session user.
  • Access to Virtual Room Connector
    Admins of Video SDK accounts can configure the Virtual Room Connector to call out to external SIP endpoint.
  • Send files through in-session chat
    Admins of Video SDK accounts can allow session hosts and participants to send files through the in-session chat.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where deleting participant’s personal data was taking a long time to complete
• Resolved an issue with the Zoom Dashboard where it did not display the accurate data for Zoom Room issues, retained the Detailed Device View in Room Health Dashboard even after refreshing the page, and did not show the live data for Global Heat Map by Phone 
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users who were unable to change their display name even when SSO was not enabled on the account
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users where the Account Details tab displayed a blank page while managing a sub-account
• Resolved an issue where the Active Host reports were showing inaccurate data
• Resolved an issue where users were unable to increase the size of an image from a webinar survey

Note: The Enhanced feedback form and Meeting Assets features have been pulled from release due to a late deployment issue, and will be available in another upcoming release. 

June 5, 2023 

Changes to existing features

• Updated Meeting Schedule Email template
  The default template for the Meeting Schedule Emails, generated when scheduling through the Zoom web portal, Zoom desktop and mobile apps, Outlook and Google calendar integrations, and more, is updated to make invitations easier to find and read information on how to join the meeting. Email templates that have already been customized will not be affected by this change.

May 29, 2023

Changes to existing features

• Reorganization of settings related to mail, calendar, profile and contacts, and others
  Settings related to mail and calendar, Zoom Scheduler, and calendar and contact integrations are being moved to their own Mail & Calendar tab on the Account, Group, and User Settings pages. Additionally, settings related to client updates, profile and contacts, data storage, and feedback are also moved to their own General tab on the Account, Group, and User Settings pages. 
• Option to disable Yahoo and Outlook calendar
  In addition to Google calendar, account owners and admins can disable newly scheduled meeting invites from integrating with Yahoo and Outlook calendars.
• Adding participant user ID in archiving JSON file
  Users who have in-meeting chat archiving enabled and have opted-in to get the chat file in a JSON format can see the sender and receiver’s user ID as part of the response. Messages sent to everyone will only have the sender's user ID.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Enhanced control of language interpretation for cloud recordings
    Admins have greater control over which language interpretation is captured by cloud recordings. The Record the Interpretation option has two sub-settings, allowing for sign-language and/or spoken-language interpretation to be captured or not. 
  • Zoom IQ Meeting Summary controls
    Account owners and admins can allow the host to initiate an ai generated summarization and next steps from a meeting that gets posted to team chat, web portal, and meeting client post meeting. The ability to receive the meeting summary can be restricted to the host alone, the host along with the company’s employees, or extended to all attendees of the meeting including invitees outside of their organization. This feature is available as a free trial for Zoom Pro, Zoom Business, Zoom One Business Plus, Zoom One Enterprise, Zoom One Enterprise Plus, and Enterprise Bundle accounts. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for June 5, 2023.
  • Enhanced captioning control
    Hosts can have greater control over captioning use and the speaking language chosen for the meeting. A sub-setting under the Automated captions setting is added, restricting caption enablement to just the host or just the host and any co-hosts. This results in meeting and webinar participants having to request captioning be enabled, which prompts the host (and co-hosts) to enable captioning and choose a speaking language. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for June 4, 2023. 
  • Enhancement to retention period for users
    Account owners and admins can set a custom archiving retention period for users to 45 and 60 days. Previously, the archiving retention period ranged from 1 to 30 days only.
  • Enhancement to participant list during meeting archiving
    Account owners and admins can choose whether the archiving icon will also show up for internal regulated users. By default, the archiving icon is applicable only to guest users. This setting is specific to meetings hosted by the account holder. This feature can only be modified at the account level.
  • Enhancement to admin audit logs
    Account owners and admins can view operation logs for changes made to audio conferencing plans, specifically countries and regions, as well as view the list of users that were deleted through batch user deletion.
  • Prevent deletion of user groups when using Information Barriers
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable the web setting Do not allow user groups to be deleted if they are part of an Information Barrier Policy that prevents the deletion of groups that have an info-barrier policy applied to them. This setting is disabled by default. 
  • Enterprise feature release controls
    Admins on Enterprise accounts will be able to manage the release of new certain new features or products into their environment. Account admins can select a timeline they are comfortable with for evaluating newly released features based on their needs for testing functionality, security, and compliance that are required by their organizational policy. Releases can be done manually or set to automatic release on a specific date. Admins can also track and review the timing of these changes through the Operation Logs report.
  • Control Team Chat screen capture at Group level
    Account owners and admins can configure  screen capture within Team Chat at the Group-level settings. Previously, this was only available at the Account level. 
  • Select all entries when deleting Client Versions by Endpoint data
    In the Zoom Dashboard, account owners and admins can select all entries when deleting endpoint data. Previously, the 'Select All' option was limited to the current page and allowed deleting only up to 25 entries at a time.
  • Zoom Rooms and Workspace location management
    Account owners and admins can set up centralized location management, which provides a comprehensive view of all Zoom Rooms and Workspaces across their organization, making it easier to keep track of everything in one place. Additionally, the account owner or admin can control other users’ role in Location Management through role management.
  • Zoom Mail Service domain configuration
    Accounts managing one or more associated domains can use those domains to create corresponding email domains for use with the Zoom Mail Service. Admins can control mailing group creation, mailbox size quotas, calendar access control, and mail auto-deletion and retention.
  • Zoom Mail Service mailbox management
    For each email domain on their account, admins can manage individual mailboxes, and create shared mailboxes for users on their account. Mailboxes can be rate-limited, indexed, deactivated, deleted, recovered, and purged entirely.
  • CMK adds support for Azure Key Vault
    In addition to Amazon AWS and OCI Vault as supported Key Management Service (KMS) providers, Zoom has added support for Azure Key Vault.
  • CMK adds support for AWS External Key Store
    For customers who need more control, AWS KMS also offers a dedicated CloudHSM or the capability to associate with an external KMS.
  • Chat Compose with Zoom IQ
    Admins can allow their users to utilize Compose with Zoom IQ in Team Chat to write their messages by leveraging context from your conversation. You’ll maintain the ability to change messages by adding tone, inputting prompts, or changing the length of the message to give you confidence in what you’re communicating. This setting is available at the Account level. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for June 5, 2023.
  • Display video codec in Zoom Dashboard
    In the Zoom Dashboard, account owners and admins can view the video codec type for each meeting participant in addition to bitrate, latency, and jitter. This feature allows for tracking video codec usage, which can be helpful for troubleshooting purposes.
        
• User features
  • Enhancement to Simulive recording list
    If the host account is eligible and enabled for video upload, users can use their uploaded recordings for their simulive session. Previously only meeting and webinar recordings were available to upload. The video upload feature must be enabled by Zoom to use uploaded recordings for simulive sessions.
  • Zoom IQ Meeting Summary
    If the meeting host enables the Zoom IQ Meeting Summary, participants of the meeting will receive an automatically generated summary of the meeting including next steps after the meeting has ended. The meeting summary gets posted to team chat, web portal, and meeting client post meeting. This feature is available as a free trial for Zoom Pro, Zoom Business, Zoom One Business Plus, Zoom One Enterprise, Zoom One Enterprise Plus, and Enterprise Bundle accounts. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for June 5, 2023.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where signing in to a licensed user account would create a duplicated free account
• Resolved an issue where when joining a meeting with registration, users were being prompted to re-register
• Resolved an issue where there were inconsistent search results and missing data for time range and meeting ID in upcoming meeting reports
• Resolved an issue where sub-account users were unable to assign other sub-account users as alternative hosts
• Resolved an issue where admins could not see their local time being reflected in their sub-account dashboard
• Resolved an issue where email notifications were not being received when someone registered for a meeting
• Resolved an issue where the poll report for a meeting with registration was missing guest data
• Resolved an issue where a meeting was missing from Outlook calendar
• Resolve an issue where duplicated chat channels were created by users that didn’t create them
• Resolved an issue where “Invalid parameters” was being generated when editing meetings
• Resolved an issue where the attendee log reports were showing incomplete data
• Resolved an issue where users were unable to convert a meeting to a webinar
• Resolved an issue where users encountered the "This recording does not exist" message when attempting to access cloud recordings
• Resolved an issue where users were redirected to zoom /meeting page after SSO authentication instead of being redirected to the redirect URL specified on the /authorized endpoint
• Resolved an issue where webinars with registration limits, no passcodes, and only last name and email as required registration questions allowed users to bypass registration after the limit had been reached

Note: The Cloud recording and Support for adding name pronunciation on Profile page enhancements have been pulled from the release due to issues with deployment and will be available in another upcoming release.

May 25, 2023

New and enhanced features

• Device management features
  • Zoom Phone Appliances provisioning status
    Account owners and admins have the ability to check the provisioning status of their Zoom Phone Appliance devices in Device List. In case a status is indicated as unsuccessful, further options/instructions will be provided as applicable. The last provisioning date is also displayed.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where admins were unable to upgrade macOS firmware from Device Management

May 20, 2023

Changes to existing features

• Removal of the New Join Flow setting 
  With the rollout of the new join flow complete and customers having been provided time to test and familiarize themselves with this, Zoom will be enabling this new join flow for all accounts and removing the corresponding web settings at the Account, Group, and User levels. This will have no impact on other settings related to joining a meeting, such as waiting room customizations.

May 15, 2023

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where users are getting error Zoom is temporarily unable to display this page when modifying or saving a webinar

April 24, 2023

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where a master account is unable to add sub-account members as alternative host
• Resolved an issue with a recurring webinar where the survey result of the latest occurrence overrides the previous one
• Resolved an issue where archived in-meeting chat files were showing all external users' email addresses. Starting now, email addresses for external users will only be shown if the email address display rules are followed similarly to other Account Reports and Dashboards APIs.

Notes:

• The Removal of the New Join Flow setting change has been pulled from release due to issues with deployment and will be available in another upcoming release.
• The Zoom IQ Meeting Summary feature has been pulled from release due to compatibility issues and will be available in another upcoming release. 

April 17, 2023

Changes to existing features

• Two-factor authentication removed for free accounts without credit cards
  Free accounts without a linked credit card will no longer be subject to two-factor authentication via SMS when signing in.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  
  • Legal hold for Team Chat data
    Account owners and admins can create legal holds (or indefinite holds) on Team Chat data for specific user(s) for legal or compliance purposes. This Team Chat data, such as messages and reactions, can be exported when needed. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for May 8, 2023.
  • Increase max file size for Team Chat (1:1s, Group Chats, Channels)
    The maximum file size that Team Chat users can upload and share files with others is increased to 1 GB per file. Account owners and admins who use file transfer controls can allow files of up to 1 GB to be shared in a Team Chat. Previously admins could allow files of up to 512 MB.
  • Enhancement to Search and send animated GIF images setting
    Account admins can now control the Search and send animated GIF images option at the group level, providing even more granularity with this setting. 
  • Managing calendar integration service at the user group level
    Account owners and admins can define the default calendar integration service at the User Group level. This is especially useful in scenarios where there are multiple mail/messaging providers in a blended ecosystem due to mergers and acquisitions. Previously, this was only available at the Account level.
  • Cloud recording support for sign language interpretation
    Account owners and admins can enable the ability to capture sign language interpreter view in cloud recordings.
  • Zoom Meeting and Webinar alerts 
    Admins can be proactively alerted when there is an issue with meetings and webinars hosted by their account. Admins will be able to set up quality scores and issue conditions that will trigger these alert notifications. This feature must be enabled by Zoom.
  • Scheduling privilege enhancement to allow reporting access
    Admins can allow those with scheduling privileges to access the reports generated by meetings they have access to. Previously, admins could allow cloud recording access, in addition to scheduling and editing meetings, on behalf of the other user.
        
• User features
  
  • Enhancement to Collaboration Devices
    Users can now send a problem report straight from their collaboration devices when self-administering issues from their Personal Zoom Rooms.
  • Changing Continuous Meeting Chat ownership
    Users with scheduling privileges can change the host of a meeting, and if Continuous Meeting Chat is enabled, the ownership of that associated group chat will also be transferred to the new host.
  • Webinar automated translated captions enhancements
    Translated captions in webinars are enhanced to make it simpler for attendees while providing hosts with greater control before the webinar starts. Hosts can set their own speaking language, as well as the speaking language of the webinar and of each panelist, before the webinars starts. To avoid confusion, webinar attendees will have the speaking language option removed from their controls, but can still choose the language they want captions translated to if translated captions are available in the webinar. 
  • Webinar resources - Speaker details
    Webinar hosts can also add information about their speakers, which will appear in the Resources tab during the live webinar. Information such as name, profile picture, job title, company details, biography, and links to social media can be provided. 
  • Cloud recording support for sign language interpretation
    Hosts can enable their cloud recordings to capture sign language interpretation as an additional video file and view option when watching the recording.
        
• Developer features
  • UI enhancement to Video SDK translation usage report
    The Meeting Type column was removed. Additionally, the Translated Captions Duration column was renamed to Translation, and Automated Captions Duration was renamed to Transcription.
  • Support additional query parameters
    As a developer, you can query data with either meeting start time or end time in the List meeting - GET /metrics/meetings endpoint.
        
• Device management features
  • IP phone management
    Zoom Device Management (ZDM) has been enhanced to allow account owners and admins to manage their IP phones. Admins can do the following:
    • Ability to edit the device to assign, unassign, and rename it.
    • Assign a tag to devices for functions such as tracking and identification purposes.
    • If using hotdesking, view when a user is signed in.
    • View their devices’ status such as assigned/unassigned.
    • Export those data to a CSV file.
    • Hotdesk Status - future release.
          
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where users were unable to schedule meetings with their PMI
• Resolved an issue where admins were unable to enable/disable screen sharing when guests are in the meeting
• Resolved an issue when editing a webinar template survey erroring out
• Resolved an issue where the whiteboard dashboard was not accessible to a subset of users
• Resolved an issue where downloading a webinar registration report didn’t provide the registrant list
• Resolved an issue where users were unable to trim their cloud recording
• Resolved an issue where the .ics imported file from Zoom was in appointment format instead of meeting format, resulting in an inability to invite participants
• Resolved an issue where banner and logo appear in webinar follow-up emails
• Resolved an issue where the first poll created was not available unless the meeting is restarted
• Resolved an issue where the attendee log was showing an incomplete report
• Resolved an issue where the user email is missing from poll reports
• Resolved an issue where the webinar registrants are not captured in the report
• Resolved an issue where a subset of users were experiencing registration issues and were unable to join a meeting or webinar 

Notes:

• The Cloud recording visibility in Meeting Timeline and Enhancement to Simulive recording list features were pulled from this release due to issues with deployment, and will be available in another upcoming release.
• Additionally, the setting to enable or disable spoken-language interpretation (audio) in cloud recordings was pulled from this release due to issues with deployment, and will be available in another upcoming release. The ability to capture sign language interpretation (video) in cloud recordings was not impacted.

April 6, 2023

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Settings for enhanced calendar integration configuration for Office 365
    Account owners and admins can choose a default type of Office 365 for users, and optionally lock this setting. Options include Office 365 global services, Office 365 Government Community Cloud High (GCCH), and Office 365 operated by 21Vianet. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels and also affects the account’s default Office 365 type in Calendar Integration for Zoom Rooms, Workspace Reservation, and Cisco/Polycom Rooms.
        
• User features
  • Enhancement to calendar integration configuration for Office 365
    Users can directly select the type of Office 365 service for calendar integration. Options include Office 365 global services, Office 365 Government Community Cloud High (GCCH), and Office 365 operated by 21Vianet.
        

April 3, 2023

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Export translation usage report
    Account owners and admins can export the usage (in minutes) of the translated captions feature to provide greater insight into utilization rates. 
        
• User features
  • Ability to manage personal contacts
    Users can add, edit, delete, and export personal contacts using the Zoom web portal. Previously, users could not edit or delete individual contacts, and could only upload a new CSV file to edit existing contacts.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where sub account owners or admins cannot sign in to admin.zoom.us

March 26, 2023

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

March 20, 2023

Changes to existing features

• Azure Active Directory configuration
  Configuration settings for Azure Active Directory contact integration are accessible under the Account Profile page. Previously, this was in the Advanced tab of the Users page under User Management.
• Modification to customizable email templates for branding
  Account owners and admins can no longer customize the Sign-up Email and Forgot Password Email templates for branding. This change is to maintain the authenticity of the emails that play a vital role in enabling users to access their Zoom account without any interruption or compromise.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  
  • Introducing: Zoom Scheduler
    Account owners and admins can allow the use of Zoom Scheduler on their account, which allows users to create timeslots of availability for attendees to then select and book a preferred time on both parties’ calendars. This setting is available at the account and group levels.
  • Support message translation in Team Chat
    Account owners and admins can enable Team Chat message translation. Message language is automatically detected upon translation and supports 22 languages. This setting is available at the account and group levels and is enabled by default. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for April 2nd.
  • Restrict use of custom immersive views
    Account owners and admins can control the ability for hosts to customize immersive view backgrounds during a live meeting. Disabling this sub-setting will remove the option for uploading or selecting an already-uploaded custom background for immersive views.
  • Enhancement to admin webinar templates
    When using admin templates for webinars, account owners and admins can add a description, which will automatically populate into the webinar’s topic description field during scheduling. Hosts can change the description text as needed.
  • Additional gallery view sorting options
    Account owners and admins can allow hosts to sort the order of video tiles in Gallery view, choosing from options including sorting by first name (ascending and descending), last name (ascending and descending), and meeting entry time (ascending and descending). This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels.
  • Restrict who can save transcripts locally
    Account owners and admins can restrict which participants in a meeting are allowed to locally save a copy of the captioning transcript in a live meeting. Admins can restrict to host only, host and co-host only, internal participants only, or by certain IP addresses. This feature requires meeting participants to join from client version 5.14.0 or higher.
  • Restrict use of Continuous Meeting Chat
    Account owners and admins can enable dedicated group chats for meeting conversations. This allows meeting hosts to schedule a meeting and invite contacts, who are added to both the calendar event for the meeting and the dedicated Team Chat group chat. This group chat and its messages are accessible by members before, during, and after the scheduled meeting.
  • Restrict or disable @all mentions in a channel
    Account owners and admins can allow Team Chat channel owners to disable or restrict use of the @all mention.
  • Registration security and UX updates
    Meetings and webinar registration will get a UX refresh, and added settings to control the visibility of the join information on the confirmation page. Panelist join information will no longer be displayed if you are also registering for the webinar using the same email address that is invited as a panelist. Meeting participant and webinar attendee information will be displayed by default 60 min before the session starts, and the host can choose to restrict this to increase the security on who is joining using the registrant information. This feature will not be immediately available, as it's dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for March 27.
  • SIP video interop for meetings
    Licensed hosts can have guest attendees’ 3rd-party room systems join meetings via the SIP protocol without the CRC add-on. A CRC license will still be necessary for joining as a host, H.323 or to utilize CRC’s SIP/H.323 administrator settings and enhanced device management features.
  • Manage emails and calendar events on Zoom client
    Account owners and admins can allow their users to manage their emails and calendars individually, then choose Zoom as their email/calendar service provider.
  • Control of custom waiting room option
    Account owners and admins can control if their users can add a custom logo for their waiting room. This will prevent users from uploading non-compliant logos to their waiting rooms.
  • Support for Team Chat message encryption with Customer Managed Key (CMK)
    Customer Managed Key (CMK) encryption can be extended to include encryption of Team Chat messages. Team Chat messages join other items already covered by CMK encryption, including Zoom Phone voicemails and recordings, Meeting and Webinar recordings, compliance archiving, and certain tokens.
  • Enhancement to Alerts and Notifications
    Account owners and admins can view CMK notifications within Alerts and Notifications for the following:
    • KMS Key status changes
    • Fallback control status changes
          
  • Translation usage report
    Users can view the usage (in minutes) of the translated captions feature to provide greater insight into utilization rates. This feature must be enabled by Zoom.
  • Greater granular control of Mail and Calendar 
    Admins have greater control of their user’s access to Zoom Mail and Calendar on the desktop and mobile app. Additional sub-settings allow for more granular control of mail and calendar clients, as well as use of Zoom Mail service.
  • Support Cloud and Local storage retention by chat type
    Account owners and admins can set retention (cloud & local) by chat type (direct message/group conversation v. channels). Previously, all message types followed the same retention period (for cloud and local storage). Setting cloud and local retention by different chat types is only available with client version 5.14.0 or later.
  • System Health Dashboard
    Account owners and admins can view the System Health dashboard with drill-in functionality to monitor and troubleshoot technical issues across the Zoom platform. Admins can see quality data for Zoom Meetings, Zoom Webinars, Zoom Phone, and Zoom Rooms. They can also view a global heat map, which displays the health score by city, based on network IP locations. This feature is available to Business, Enterprise, and Education accounts and must be enabled by Zoom. 
        
• User features
  
  • Introducing: Zoom Scheduler 
    Zoom Scheduler provides users with the ability to create timeslots of availability for attendees to then select a preferred time on both parties’ calendars. Zoom Scheduler supports connecting with your Zoom Calendar, Google Calendar, or Microsoft 365 calendar. Zoom Scheduler allows contacts to schedule both one-off and recurring meetings, which can be one-on-one or one-to-many. A customizable submission form (available in another upcoming release) helps collect context on the purpose of the meeting, so everyone can come prepared, while customizable email notifications can help you remind, confirm, and follow-up with participants after the meeting.
  • Support message translation in Team Chat
    If enabled, users can select their preferred language to use when translating messages in Team Chat. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for April 2nd.
  • Continuous Meeting Chat
    Meeting hosts can schedule a meeting and invite contacts, who are added to both the calendar event for the meeting and the dedicated Team Chat group chat. This group chat and its messages are accessible by members before, during, and after the scheduled meeting.
        
• Developer features
  • Support recording and live transcription content region for video SDK account
    Account owners and admins of video SDK accounts can determine where users’ Communications Content is stored for recording and live transcription.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where API user webinar instances could not be edited by account owner
• Resolved an issue where users where getting a “Recover Meeting Fail” when trying to recover a meeting deleted from Outlook calendar
• Resolved an issue where data generated by the API Webinar Q&A report did not match the report generated through the web portal
• Resolved an issue where Webinar reminder email/cancellation url was missing
• Resolved an issue where a subset of users were unable to create work email login from the web portal
• Resolved an issue where a user receives an alternative host email for meetings he/she is not set up for
• Resolved an issue regarding API showing inconsistency in the total number of records when calling API endpoint

Note: The following features were pulled from release due to issues with deployment and will be available in another upcoming release:

• Setting added for cloud recording of language interpreters
• Record sign language interpretation
• Support multiple language audio transcript

February 27, 2023

Changes to existing features

• Webinar panelist list ordered alphabetically
  The invited panelist list displays alphabetically in the Zoom web portal and any exports. Previously, panelists appeared by the order in which they were added.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Enhancement to Communications Content storage location
    Account owners and admins can determine the region where their recordings and content need to be stored and lock that location for the entire account. By locking the region at the account level, it prevents the location to be changed at another level.
  • Availability of Meetings Q&A for Education accounts
    Account owners and admins on Education accounts can allow hosts to enable the Q&A feature in meetings.
  • On-demand watermark
    Account owners and admins can allow meeting and webinar hosts to enable or disable a visual watermark as needed during a live session. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels. This feature must be enabled by Zoom.
  • Collect external participants’ emails for webinars 
    Account owners and admins who want email addresses from guests joining meetings hosted by users in their account to show up on their reports and dashboards can request them from those guests. Upon joining the meeting, guests are prompted for their name and email, even if they are currently signed in and do not fall under at least one criteria listed here. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels. This feature requires meeting participants to join from client version 5.12.6 or higher.
  • Set default Team Chat channels for users
    Account owners and admins can set up to 5 default Team Chat channels, which all new and existing users will automatically be added to. The chosen channels must be public channels and users can choose to leave these default channels.
  • Admin CSV import of webinar registrants and panelists
    Admins can manage webinars on behalf of their users and import a list of registrants and panelists directly into their scheduled webinars through User Management.
  • Okta authentication for end-to end-encryption (E2EE)
    Account owners and admins using Okta for SSO can enable this feature, allowing users in their account to get a higher level of security for end-to-end encryption meetings. With Okta Authentication for end-to-end encryption, meeting participants fetch user profile data and cryptographic credentials directly from Okta. Meeting participants verify that user data provided by Zoom matches those provided by Okta, and therefore do not need to trust Zoom to faithfully distribute keys or identities. If the account has multiple associated domains, the admin can apply this feature against only one domain.
  • Customer Managed Key (CMK) fallback
    Account owners and admins can use the Zoom’s key as a backup to automatically encrypt data when their CMK key is not available. Once their key becomes available again, the data is re-encrypted with the latter.
  • CMK adds support for OCI Vault
    In addition to Amazon AWS as a supported Key Management Service (KMS) provider, Zoom has added support for Oracle OCI Vault.
        
• User features
  • Increased number of recurring meetings/webinars in a series
    The maximum number of occurrences in a recurring series of meetings or webinars is increased to 60, making it possible to easily schedule a weekly session for a year. Previously, hosts could only schedule up to 50 occurrences.
  • Custom watermark location
    Meeting and webinar hosts can choose where the watermark will appear, helping them avoid locations that distract or obscure the presenter or presentation. This feature must be enabled by Zoom. 
  • Enhancement to Simulive Webinar
    Simulive webinars can be managed by users with scheduling privilege.
  • Export webinar panelist list
    Licensed webinar hosts can export a list of invited panelists and interpreters for their scheduled webinar. This export includes each panelist’s email address and join URL. This feature is useful when a user other than the host, such as someone providing technical support during the session, needs to help panelists join the webinar.
  • Webinar resources enhancement: Documents  
    In addition to providing links to webinar attendees, webinar hosts can also upload files for attendees to download and view during the live session. Hosts can upload files before and during the webinar, as well as make those files visible to attendees as needed. Supported file types include JPG/JPEG, 24-bit PNG, PDF, and PPT. Hosts can upload up to 50 files per webinar and each file can be up to 15 MB in size.
        
• Device management features
  • Zoom Rooms Virtual Controller management
    Account owners and admins can now launch their Zoom Rooms Virtual Controller directly from Device Management, then Device List the same way it’s done from the Rooms tab from a specific Zoom Rooms.
        
• Developer features
  • Cloud recording sub-settings off by default for Video SDK accounts
    For new Video SDK accounts that have cloud recording enabled, the only cloud recording sub-setting that is enabled by default is Record active speaker with shared screen. All other sub-settings are disabled by default. Previously, several cloud recording sub-settings were enabled by default, causing a high rate of file creation.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where updating Zoom Rooms from device management caused the rooms to go offline
• Resolved an issue where filtering online and offline data then exporting the data was incorrect
• Resolved an issue with Zoom Rooms devices showing incorrect data in the Client by Version chart in Dashboard
• Resolved an issue in Dashboard where Zoom Rooms were showing false alerts about a certificate error
• Resolved an issue in Dashboard where the Zoom Room name was missing from an export of the Top 25 Zoom Rooms Usage by Minutes report
• Resolved an issue where users were unable to edit a single occurrence of a recurring meeting or webinar series
• Resolved an issue preventing Zoom Rooms accounts from exporting the Active Hosts report
• Resolved an issue regarding webinar source tracking links not appearing in the exported report
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users regarding custom branding in the Zoom web portal
• Resolved an issue where users received a meeting invite for each occurrence of a recurring meeting series instead of one invite for the entire series
• Resolved an issue with scheduling webinars using webinar templates in which settings from the templates were not saved
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users receiving error code 403 (“System error please try again later.”) when adding meetings and webinars to Google Calendar 
• Resolved an issue with copied meeting invitations not including clickable links
• Resolved an issue with copied meeting invitations containing HTML
• Resolved an issue regarding error code 1010 when moving users to sub-accounts 
• Resolved an issue regarding error code 1,010 when exporting the webinar registrants report
• Resolved an issue with enlarged logos on custom meeting registration pages
• Resolved an issue with not being able to right-click and copy chat messages from cloud recordings
• Resolved an issue where exported Admin Activity Logs with large file sizes were appearing incorrectly
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users with SSO receiving login error code 1006
• Resolved an issue with assigning a Manager when adding a new user to the account
• Resolved an issue for users who were unable to delete unassigned Calendar Resource via web or API

Note: The Collect external participants' emails for meetings and Cloud recording support for sign language interpretation features have been pulled from release due to issues with deployment and will be available in another upcoming release.

February 5, 2023

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue for a subset of iPad users signing in via SSO wherein clicking the Launch Zoom button does not launch the Zoom client
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users wherein they are prompted to assign licenses even if they no longer have an available license
• Resolved an issue wherein the registration link is missing from the Copy Invitation template
• Resolved an issue wherein users are unable to delete virtual background branding for Zoom Rooms

January 26, 2023

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Allow Google Meet hardware to bypass Zoom Meeting waiting rooms when joining
    Administrators can enable this setting using the Zoom web portal and Google Workspace Admin settings. The bypass setting can also be used for Zoom Rooms when joining Google meetings. 
    
        

January 22, 2023

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Control use of the new waiting room and join before host experience
    Admins can control if their users can enable the new join flow, which combines the Please wait for the host to start this meeting window and the Waiting Room window together. This new join flow requires client version 5.12.0 or higher and is available for all accounts. Previously, this was only available for meetings hosted by Free accounts. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels. This setting is planned to be removed in April 2023, when the new join flow is made the default experience for all, so Zoom recommends familiarizing yourself with the new join flow now.
        

January 15, 2023

Changes to existing features

• New meeting chat experience default setting
  The default for the New meeting chat experience setting is changed to on for most accounts.

New and enhanced features

• User features
  
  • Bulk add meeting registrants
    Hosts can add meeting registrants in bulk by importing a CSV file with the registrants’ full names and email addresses. Registrants will be automatically approved. There will not be any way for hosts to individually add registrants to a meeting, but individuals can still use the registration link to sign up.
        
• Device management
  • Warning for Zoom Rooms devices running on macOS 10.13 and iOS 11
    Starting April 2023, the OS on Zoom Rooms devices running on Apple version macOS 10.13 and iOS 11 or lower, will need to be updated for the applications to work. Admins will see a warning in their device list telling them to update the OS version of those devices meeting these criteria.

  • Custom auto-update channel to desktop client
    Account owners and admins can create a custom auto-update channel, allowing their users to automatically update their Zoom desktop clients to a specific version of the admin���s choosing. These devices must be managed by ZDM and this feature only supports Windows and macOS devices at this time. This feature must be enabled by Zoom.

          
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

Note: The continuous meeting chat feature has been pulled from release due to issues with deployment and will be available in another upcoming release.

January 8, 2023

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Webinar Resources
    Account owners and admins can enable Webinar resources, which allows webinar hosts with a Zoom Events license to provide links to external resources for their attendees in the webinar. Hosts can review the interaction results after the webinar concludes through reporting.
  • Additional formatting for in-meeting chat
    Account owners and admins can choose to allow meeting participants to add emoji message reactions to in-meeting chat messages, as well as reply to messages in a thread. These sub-settings are available at the account, group, and user levels. These features will not be immediately available, as they are dependent on a client release currently scheduled for January 16.
  • Enhancements to the Team Chat Dashboard
    The Team Chat Dashboard comes with an at-a-glance view of chat usage and adoption. This gives account owners and admins relevant and insightful metrics to better understand how their organization uses Zoom Team Chat. The data is refreshed every 24 hours. Previously, the Team Chat Dashboard only provided a list of users and number of sent messages, and data had a 3-day lag. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for January 11.
  • Allow meeting hosts to create breakout rooms based on poll results
    Account owners and admins can enable the meeting option Allow host to create breakout rooms from poll results. When enabled, hosts can choose to create breakout rooms based on the participants’ poll answers. For example, the meeting host may want to split breakout rooms based on participants who share similar interests. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a client release currently scheduled for January 16.
  • Support for account, group, and user management for Meeting Connector
    Account owners and admins can configure the use of Meeting Connector (MC) licensing consistently at the account, group, and user profile level. While the existing user license model (Basic, Licensed, and On-Prem) will still be available for current on-prem users by default, new accounts utilizing on-premise will use the new account, group, and user profile settings. This feature must be enabled by Zoom.
  • Delete stored Exchange Impersonation data
    Account owners and admins can disable the Exchange Impersonation setting and delete stored user impersonation data. Previously, account owners and admins were unable to delete stored data for user impersonation.
  • Delete external users’ messages in Chat History
    Account owners and admins can remove external users' messages in Chat History from the Zoom web portal.
  • Customize private channels for auto-update
    Account owners and admins can create, edit, and delete customized private client version channels for their enterprise auto-update policies. Similar to Zoom’s fast and slow channels, enterprise admins can create their own channels within their enterprise. Custom private channels currently support three clients (Windows, MacOS, and VDI). This feature must be enabled by Zoom. 
  • Define users’ client upgrade version
    When users check for client updates, account owners and admins with Enterprise accounts can choose if users will update to the latest Zoom client version or to the specific version defined in the admin’s enterprise auto-update settings.
  • Send ICS calendar attachment along with webinar invitation emails
    Account owners and admins can allow hosts to send an ICS calendar attachment along with their webinar invitation emails. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels.
        
• User features
  • Webinar Resources
    Webinar hosts with a Zoom Events license can provide Resource Links for their attendees. This provides the ability to link to external resources, such as newsletter sign-ups, learn more pages, and others. Hosts can review the interaction results after the webinar concludes through reporting.
  • Bulk add meeting registrants
    Hosts can add meeting registrants in bulk by importing a CSV file with the registrants’ full names and email addresses. Registrants will be automatically approved. There will not be any way for hosts to individually add registrants to a meeting, but individuals can still use the registration link to sign up.
  • Creation of breakout room based on poll results
    If enabled by admin, meeting hosts can choose to Create Breakout Rooms while setting up polls. If this option is selected, the host can split participants into separate, smaller rooms based on participants’ answers. Hosts can set a limit for how many participants are placed in each breakout room and move/exchange participants after launching the breakout rooms. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a client release currently scheduled for January 16.
  • Enhancement to Meeting Report
    In the Meeting usage report, users can filter and export only meetings where polling, survey, or registration were used. Previously, all meetings showed up even if the features were not used in the meeting.
  • Simulive Webinar
    The simulive feature allows Webinar hosts to share a previously recorded webinar session as a video file within a live session webinar. This allows the host to start an event at a scheduled time without the need of being present and still have the ability to interact with the audience with live chat and Q&A. The host must have a Zoom Events license to have access to this feature in both Zoom Events and Webinar portals.
  • Send ICS calendar attachment along with webinar invitation emails
    If enabled by admin, hosts can include an ICS calendar file when they send invitation emails to panelists and attendees, allowing webinar panelists/registrants to easily add the webinar to their calendars.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where SCIM related action filters were missing from the admin activity logs
• Resolved an issue where there was a translation error on German webinar registration reports
• Resolved an issue where a dialog kept popping up in a loop when setting up on prem Outlook 2016 calendar integration
• Resolved an issue in the Dashboard where the Client Platform view displayed no results when all client versions were selected
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users wherein API endpoint for chats were missing messages and attachments

Note: The UX enhancement to the Zoom web portal fixed navigation menu was pulled from release due to late bug discovery, and will be available in another upcoming release.

December 18, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

Changes to existing features

• Enhancement to invitee list in Participants panel
  When the Show invitee list in the Participants panel setting is enabled, any participant in the meeting can view the list that shows joined and not joined participants. Previously, only hosts, co-hosts, and alternative hosts could view participant attendance status.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  
  • Schedule meeting with chat and channel members
    Account owners and admins can allow users to schedule meetings with members of a chat channel directly from Team Chat. When successfully scheduled, the meeting is added to both the scheduler and, for users’ in the same organization, their calendars. They receive a notification with the option to copy the invitation, and it also appears as a meeting card in the chat. This feature requires all chat members to have their calendars integrated with Zoom and currently supports Google Calendar and Office 365 (OAuth 2.0). This setting is available at the account and group levels.
  • Download chat history in HTML format
    Admins wanting to download Team Chat messages from the Chat History Report can choose to download in HTML format, which includes files, images, emojis, GIFs, audio files, and code snippets. Previously, the only option was CSV download which only provided text. At this time, HTML download can support 30 days of data at a time. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update, currently scheduled for January 3, 2023.
  • Support for backup payment method
    The account owner, an admin, or user in a custom role with Billing permissions can provide a backup payment method, in case their primary credit card fails or declines the charges. This can only be set if your primary payment method is a credit card, and your Zoom account must be on a recurring subscription.
  • Allow hosts to enable Q&A in meetings
    Account owners or admins can enable Q&A feature in meetings. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels. Previously, Q&A was only available for webinars. This is currently only available for standard Business, Zoom One Business, Zoom One Business Plus, Zoom One Enterprise, and Zoom One Enterprise Plus accounts, with standard Enterprise accounts currently scheduled to follow on January 7, 2023.
  • Support group members custom disclaimer
    Account owners or admins can create a disclaimer specifically for Group members in addition to custom disclaimers for internal and external participants.
  • Default meeting templates
    Account owners and admins using the Meeting Templates feature can also enable default templates such as Large meetings, K-12 Classroom, and Seminar that comes with a subset of web, scheduler and client-level settings. Admins can use the default templates as is or customize them based on their needs. This feature must be enabled by Zoom.
  • Additional verification step for approving account ownership transfer
    For account ownership transfer requests, the owner will be asked for additional verification before the request can be approved.
  • Additional features added for Follow the user in-meeting policy
    Account owners and admins can restrict what in-meeting features users on the account have access to when joining both internal and external meetings. Features can be restricted by the administrator either for external meetings only or all meetings the user joins as required. This feature must be enabled by Zoom for non-enterprise accounts. This feature is supported on desktop clients (Windows, macOS, Linux), mobile apps (iOS, Android), and the web client. The restriction of the following features were added:
    • Webinar join restriction
    • External webinar survey restriction
    • Restrict post meeting URL
    • Live transcription notification when it is blocked for a user in external meetings
    • Restriction of status sharing in Zoom Calendar
          
  • Embed recording passcode
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable the option to embed passcode in the shareable link for one-click access to recordings. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level and is disabled by default for existing users.
  • Attendee Log
    Account owners and admins with appropriate permission can use the new user activity report to pull a report on all meetings an authenticated user in their account has participated in. This covers meetings that they hosted or joined and can be configured to provide reporting on meetings they joined in other accounts too. The report provides basic metadata about what the user did in that meeting. This setting is available at the account level.
  • Enhancements to Dashboard
    Account owners and admins can set additional thresholds to trigger a health alert in the Quality Settings section of Dashboard, based on time and percentage of users affected. Default levels are set by Zoom and can be changed by admins.
  • Taiwan data center region for transit data
    Account owners and admins can select the Taiwan data center region for meetings, webinars, and whiteboard data in transit. Additionally, they can select Taiwan as a live transcription server location. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels.
  • Switzerland data center for meetings/webinars and Communications Content storage location
    Switzerland is listed as a data center option for processing of Communications Content. Account owners and admins can select Switzerland as the Communications Content storage location. These settings are available at the account, group, and user level; and can be locked for the account or a group.
  • Animated meeting reactions
    Account owners and admins can enable animated reactions, which allows users to have reactions shown in each video tile with animation to draw greater attention. Users can control animations through client settings, while admins can enable or disable them at the account and group levels.
  • Bi-directional calendar sync support for Office 365
    Account owners and admins can enable bi-directional syncing to and from Outlook calendars. This allows Zoom events created or updated on Zoom or external calendars to stay automatically synced across all integrated platforms. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels. This feature only supports updates made to an individual meeting (non-recurring) or an entire series. Previously, this feature was only available with Google calendar.
        
• User features
  
  • Support for Q&A in meetings
    Hosts can enable the Q&A feature in meetings to allow participants to ask questions, which can be viewed by all, but only answered by the host and co-host. Questions can be submitted anonymously, and responses can be sent publicly for all to see or privately to just the sender. Hosts can also mark submitted questions as something that will be answered live, so participants are aware and can expect their answer to follow soon. This is currently only available for standard Business, Zoom One Business, Zoom One Business Plus, Zoom One Enterprise, and Zoom One Enterprise Plus accounts, with standard Enterprise accounts currently scheduled to follow on January 7, 2023.
  • Embed recording passcode
    Recording owners can embed passcode in the shareable link for one-click access to their recordings. This setting is disabled by default for existing users and enabled for new accounts.
  • Support IPv6 for IP Address Access Control for recordings
    Allow users connecting through IPv6 IP addresses to access recordings when IP Address Access Control is enabled for cloud recordings.
  • Enhancement to the webinar Q&A Report
    The Q&A Report for webinars includes the names and email addresses of panelists who answered questions. Previously, the report only showed the names and email addresses of attendees who asked the questions.
        
• Device management
  • Call Control from Zoom Desktop Client
    Account owners and admins can enable this feature to allow users to perform Zoom Phone Appliances call control actions from the Zoom desktop client such as making and accepting calls.
  • Enhancement to hot desking
    Additional timeout values have been added to allow account owners and admins to automatically sign users out of hot desking devices after a set time duration.
  • Enhancement to device list
    The device list of managed devices has been enhanced to allow account owners and admins to identify the OS version (32 bit or 64 bits) running on their Zoom Rooms Windows computers.
        

Resolved Issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where users with Group scope for Reports are not seeing attendee reports for meetings they previously held before they were part of the group.
• Resolved an issue where timezone configured when scheduling a meeting via the Outlook add-in does not match the timezone in the Zoom web portal
• Resolved an issue with timezone inconsistencies when registering for an event
• Resolved an issue where users with Automatically sign users out after a specified time enabled were not automatically signed out of the account
• Resolved an issue where cloud recordings cannot be accessed by users who were moved between sub accounts
• Resolved an issue for a subset of basic users with an email address ending with .ac.jp getting Covid Temporary 40-Minute Limit Lift on their Profile page
• Resolved an issue where the cloud recording report shows user’s old email address
• Resolved an issue where the Active Host report is missing
• Resolved an issue where updating a user’s information via CSV incorrectly alters the display name when the CSV file has the first or last name fields empty
• Resolved an issue in the Dashboard where the Client Platform view displays no result when all client versions are selected
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users with Zoom One enterprise license where Zoom API does not recognize their webinar capacity
• Resolved an issue where the Zoom Room Dashboard does not show current status of Zoom Rooms
• Resolved an issue where user is unable to activate account because of error Email domain is blocked(1,107)
• Resolved an issue where concurrent meeting plus license cannot be assigned to any sub account
• Resolved an issue where changes to Department configured under User Management does not reflect under Phone System Management
• Resolved an issue where the RPS status does not reflect in the sub account list report when extracted
• Resolved an issue where the Chinese character limit imposed in Profile page when changing first name, last name does not reflect in all platforms
• Resolved an issue where Zoom Rooms device list was not loading

Note: The following features have been pulled from release due to compatibility issues and will be available in another upcoming release:

• Enhanced formatting for in-meeting chat
• Webinar Resources
• Enhanced Team Chat Dashboard

December 5, 2022

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Introducing: Zoom Mesh for Webinars and Events
    Zoom Mesh is a native, zero-click, zero-install, client-based Mesh (eCDN) solution for Zoom Webinars and Events. The Zoom Mesh service minimizes network congestion for Webinars & Events while preserving the native Zoom attendee and host experience. Zoom Mesh is available to all accounts that have the Webinar or Zoom Events add-on.
        

December 4, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Zoom SSO certificate rotation
    In keeping up with standard industry practices, Zoom will be updating its current single sign-on (SSO) certificate ahead of its expiration on Wednesday, January 4, 2023. To avoid service disruption, we will publish a new SSO certificate beginning Saturday, December 3, 2022 in the InCommon metadata. No action is required for accounts using an identity provider (IDP) and/or configuration which supports dynamic metadata refresh, as the account’s IDP will automatically download the latest Zoom certificate and rotate it into the account’s configuration. For accounts with automatic rotation disabled or their IDP does not support automatic certificate rotation, admins can begin the certificate rotation process by selecting the new certificate in the Zoom web portal (Admin > Advanced > Single Sign-On settings).
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where assigning a Zoom Room admin fails with no data returned

November 20, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

Changes to existing features

• Meeting and Webinar ID no longer required when deleting participant data
  When deleting a participant’s personal data from Zoom Reports, only the email address will be required to proceed with the deletion. Previously, meeting or webinar ID must be provided along with the email address.
• Enhancement to Communications Content storage location
  Account owners and admins can retrieve stored files using regional download links so communication content data stays within the set region and does not always process through the US.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  
  • Exceptions to network bandwidth limits
    Account owners and admins using the Limit Network bandwidth feature can create exceptions to an existing network bandwidth limit IP range. A new limit can only be added as an exception if an existing rule can be segmented into multiple rules to add the exception.
  • Chat channel owner and admins ability to remove messages
    To reduce the impact of harmful or inappropriate messages shared in a chat channel, channel owners and admins can remove messages of other members including text, images, files, or links. Account owners and admins can view the deleted messages in the Team Chat History report.
        
• User features
  • Bulk upload authentication exceptions
    When scheduling a meeting with authentication required, hosts can import a CSV file to bulk upload authentication exceptions using the participants’ names and email addresses. Previously, the meeting host could only add one authentication exception at a time.
  • Support for session branding and surveys in hosts’ webinar templates
    Webinar hosts will see session branding and survey on their webinar templates. Session branding includes the ability to customize wallpaper, background, and name tags. Survey allows the host to present native or 3rd party surveys to attendees once Zoom Webinars have ended.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where a user was being duplicated in two different clusters
• Resolved an issue where users were unable to restore trimmed recording back to the original version
• Resolved an issue where the translation of Kyrgyzstan in Russian was incorrect
• Resolved an issue with the webinar background preview layout not being consistent with what is actually seen during the webinar
• Resolved an issue with users with a "+" character in their email being added to an advanced SAML attribute exclusion list results in an error message
• Resolved an issue where creating a user API returns a 500 status code if null values are present
• Resolved an issue where settings applied with API are not reflected on user’s account causing issues with waiting rooms and join before host
• Resolved an issue where cloud recordings are stuck in processing
• Resolved an issue where meeting registration reports did not show custom questions
• Resolved an issue where an automated email from Zoom was not translated to the user’s local language
• Resolved an issue regarding empty archive download link from API
• Resolved an issue regarding API showing inconsistency between account type and account profile
• Resolved an issue regarding data mismatch between Zoom web portal and details provided through API request
• Resolved an issue regarding webinar language interpreter receiving a general attendee join URL instead of a unique join link
• Resolved an issue about polling questions in post webinar reports displayed in an incorrect order

Note: The Enhancement to the webinar Q&A Report and Taiwan data center region for transit data feature has been pulled from release due to issues with deployment, and will be available in another upcoming release.

November 13, 2022

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Device management features
    • Identify DTEN7 devices
      Administrators can now filter out the Windows-based DTEN D7 devices in their device list. Previously, the filter was filtering out only Android-based DTEN devices.
          
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

November 6, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Control enhanced formatting for in-meeting chat
    Account admins can control use of the enhancements to in-meeting chat to support more advanced forms of messaging, including in-line image previews, rich text formatting, screenshots, and message quoting. Messages can also be deleted after being sent. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels.
  • Control for scheduling a meeting through Zoom Team Chat
    Account owners and admins can control use of the ability for users to schedule meetings directly within a chat channel, which will automatically invite all members of that chat channel to the resulting calendar event. This feature currently only supports the Contacts and Calendar integration with Google and requires version 5.11.3 or higher.
  • Support for RelayState with SSO authentication
    Zoom SSO authentication protocols have been enhanced to provide the ability for deep linking within SSO responses, ensuring users are authenticated before joining a meeting or viewing a cloud recording, as well as automatically authenticating on the client when launching the application. This feature must be enabled by Zoom.
  • Delegate account administration to external users
    Account owners can invite users outside of their account through role management to manage selected area(s) of a Zoom account, while restricting access to other areas. All activity or actions by the external individual on the account will be recorded in the account admin’s activity logs, just as if the individual were a member of their account. Account owners and admins can also give access to external users for delegated account administration for a set period/time and can revoke access at any time.
  • Support for adding multiple admins to a chat channel through chat admin management
    Account owners and admins can designate up to 50 admins to help manage a chat channel through Team Chat Management.
  • Zoom Mail and Calendar Clients 
    Account owners and admins of accounts with more than one user can allow users to integrate their Zoom Mail Service, Google, or Office 365 account with the Zoom desktop client to manage their email and calendar events in a centralized location. For free and Pro accounts, this is enabled by default. This feature requires client version 5.12.8 or higher.
  • Zoom Mail Service (Beta) 
    Account owners and admins of Zoom One Pro or Standard Pro accounts in the US or Canada can allow their users to set up the Zoom Mail Service on the desktop client. The Zoom Mail Service works seamlessly with Meetings, Phone, and Team Chat, bringing communications and scheduling activities together. This feature requires client version 5.12.8 or higher.
  • Enhancements to Office 365 service permissions
    With the launch of Zoom Mail and Calendar Clients, Mail read and write permissions are available to connect the Office 365 calendar service.
  • Enhancements to Google service permissions
    With the launch of Zoom Mail and Calendar Clients, Mail read and write permissions are available to connect the Google mail service.
        
• User features
  • Capture language interpreters’ audio in cloud recordings
    When language interpretation (audio) is used in a session, the cloud recording includes separate audio files for translator channels. Viewers can select their preferred language during playback.
  • Accept delegated account administration
    When account owners invite external users or third-party users to help manage their account, users who accept the account administration invitation are allowed to manage the account owner’s account, based on the permissions granted. These users can view a list of all accounts they can access and have a centralized web portal to access each account.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where admins were unable to to configure default SSO licensing to "None"
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users where Dashboard health and issue data was not up-to-date

October 30, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Smart Recording
    Account owners and admins can enable Smart Recording for cloud recordings, which includes the use of smart chapters and next steps. Smart chapters automatically create chapters with different titles and overviews based on the recording content. Next steps automatically creates a list of future action items. Hosts can make edits to chapters and next steps as needed. Additionally, the recording highlights feature is now a part of Smart Recording.
        
• User features
  • Smart Recording
    When enabled, hosts can rely on Smart Recording to automatically highlight and group content within their cloud recording, and get a list of action items to take through next steps. They can manually edit the smart chapters, recording highlights, and next steps as needed.
        

October 23, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

Changes to existing features

• Changes to sign language interpretation feature availability
  The Sign Language Interpretation View feature is available to free Zoom accounts. Previously, this feature was only available to Pro, Business, Education, and Enterprise accounts.
• Webinar chat auto-save option separated from the Webinar chat setting
  The option to Automatically save chat messages to a local file on the host's computer when the webinar ends has been separated from the Webinar chat setting. Account owners and admins can enable Webinar chat - Auto-save separately, similar to the Meeting chat - Auto-save setting.
• Zoom Chat renamed to Team Chat in the web portal 
  In the Zoom web portal UI, Zoom Chat has been renamed to Team Chat. This change is only to the various settings and tabs and has no effect on associated features and functionalities.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  
  • UI enhancement to sharing recordings 
    In Recording Management, when editing the Share recording settings, changes are automatically saved. When removing an email address under Share with specific people, an Undo button is added to the confirmation dialog box.
  • Enhancements to Customer Managed Key (CMK) 
    For accounts using Customer Managed Key for encryption, admins can choose to enable encryption of existing meeting and webinar recording assets while onboarding. Additionally, admins can assign CMK for specific users similar to how licenses are assigned.
  • Enable CMK on a per-service basis
    Admins can select which services they want to enable with CMK encryption. After a feature is enabled, it cannot be disabled. Supported assets within respective services include:
    • Zoom Phone voicemails and recordings
    • Zoom Meetings/Webinars cloud recordings
    • Compliance Archiving for Meetings/Webinars
    • User Calendar Tokens, Microsoft Teams Tokens, Zoom Rooms Tokens
          
  • Allow webinar attendees to save chat
    Account owners and admins can allow all attendees to save chat from the webinar in addition to allowing host, co-host, panelists, and users from their account. The setting to save chat includes the ability to copy text and links in chat so attendees can save information posted by the host. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level.
  • Admin controls for webinar registration
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable webinar registration at the account or group levels. They can also allow hosts to ask custom questions at the account or group levels.
        

• User features
  
  • Increased character limit for titles on advanced poll questions 
    In advanced polls, the max character count for question titles has increased to 420 characters.

  • Dutch language support
    Based on a user’s browser settings, the Zoom web portal supports Dutch by default. Users can also manually select Dutch from a drop-down list of languages in the web portal footer.

          
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where uploading a batch search CSV file to generate log reports didn’t work
• Resolved an issue where setting up a specified domain to sign in to Zoom with did not send the invite email
• Resolved an issue where there were discrepancies in the count being displayed in Splunk and Zoom dashboards
• Resolved an issue where scheduling a webinar on behalf of another user, the scheduler was receiving an invalid template error when attempting to use a saved template
• Resolved an issue where deleting users in bulk using a CSV file didn’t work
• Resolved an issue where only a few admins on a list received the permission email to use an app created in the Zoom App Marketplace
• Resolved an issue with license discrepancies for sub-accounts
• Resolved an issue where webinar topics containing apostrophes were being replaced with numerical characters
• Resolved an issue where webinar confirmation emails were not honoring the configured time format
• Resolved an issue where users could not save webinar templates with registration disabled
• Resolved an issue where the Zoom Room Dashboard was missing meeting details

Notes:

• The Smart Recordings and Capture language interpreters’ audio in cloud recordings features were pulled from release due to issues with deployment, and will be available in another upcoming release.
• The Include email address in attendee reports for Webinars without registration feature was pulled from release due to late bug discovery and will be available in another upcoming release.

October 17, 2022

Note: The New registration confirmation flow and Allow users to join from meeting/webinar registration confirmation page features originally scheduled to release for this date were pulled from release due to late bug discovery, and will be available in another upcoming release.

October 9, 2022

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • UI enhancement to the Client Version by Endpoint chart
    In Dashboard, when there are more than 20 columns on the Client Version by Endpoint chart, users can scroll left and right to view additional columns.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancement

September 29, 2022

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fix

September 26, 2022

New and enhanced features

• Device management features
  • Asset tag description
    Admins can assign a tag to their Zoom Phone Appliances (ZPA) devices for functions such as tracking and identification purposes. The existing managed devices will have a blank tag description field by default that can be updated as necessary.
  • Factory reset for Zoom Phone Appliances (ZPA)
    Admins can perform a factory reset on Zoom Phone Appliances (ZPA) directly from the Zoom web portal. This can be beneficial for devices that cannot be brought online or become misconfigured, and the action needs to be performed remotely.
  • Scheduled restart for Zoom Phone Appliances (ZPA)
    Admins can schedule a routine weekly restart/reboot for their Zoom Phone Appliances (ZPA) of their devices.
  • Reassign last user or common area Zoom Phone Appliance (ZPA)
    Enables admins to quickly re-assign users to devices from the Device List in the Zoom web portal. In this enhancement, the last User assigned to the Zoom Phone Appliance (ZPA) is available in the dialog box so the admin can click on the last User to quickly reassign the device to that user.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where in a Zoom Room, two controllers were showing instead of one, and additionally, the controllers were showing offline while being online.

September 18, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

Changes to existing features

• Admin Activity Logs
  Operation Logs has been renamed to Admin Activity Logs. Account owners and admins can filter Admin Activity logs using category and action type.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Broadcast voice to all breakout rooms
    Account owners and admins can allow hosts to broadcast their microphone audio to all breakout rooms in a meeting. This setting is controlled separately from the broadcast message option.
  • Enable Sign Language interpretation
    Account owners and admins can enable sign language interpretation for their meetings. This feature allows the meeting host to assign participants as sign language interpreters who can interpret one language into sign language in real-time. The host can assign interpreters when scheduling or during the meeting. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level; it can be locked at the account or group level. This requires version 5.11.3 or higher for desktop and 5.12.0 or higher for mobile. The host must be a Licensed user on a Business, Education, or Enterprise account, or Pro account with the Zoom Webinars add-on plan.
  • Force polls to be anonymous
    Account owners and admins can force polls to be anonymous to help meet customer privacy requirements for participant personal data. This meeting and webinar setting option is available at the account, group, and user level. Previously, this was only available at the poll level.
  • Lock cloud recording and polling sub-settings
    Account owners and admins can lock the following sub-settings at the account level to prevent users from changing these settings:
    • Cloud Recording - Save closed caption as a VTT file 
    • Meeting Polls/Quizzes - Allow host to create advanced polls & quizzes
    • Webinar Polls/Quizzes - Allow host to create advanced polls & quizzes
          
  • Restrict who can add channel members
    When updating or editing a channel using the web portal, account owners and admins can choose to allow anyone in the channel to add new members, or they can restrict this ability to only channel owners and admins. If external users are allowed in the channel, they can also select which user types are allowed to add external members to the channel.
  • Export list of channels and channel members
    Account owners and admins can export a list of channels and/or channel members as a CSV file (from the web portal).
  • Disable emojis for Zoom Team Chat
    Account owners and admins can disable emojis or choose to allow just a selected group of 6 common emojis. This setting is available at the account and group levels; and can be locked at the account level. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on client version 5.12.0, currently scheduled for release on September 26.
  • Support for a SIP phone type for users
    If SIP connected audio is enabled, account owners and admins can add up to 3 SIP internal numbers per user, using the +999 code. These numbers are not visible in profile cards, but when a user is joining a Zoom meeting and chooses the Call Me audio conference option, they can select from any of the SIP numbers assigned. This feature must be enabled by Zoom.
  • Enhancements for sharing cloud recordings
    Account owners and admins can allow users with scheduling privilege to access and manage cloud recordings for their scheduled meetings. This setting is available at the account and user levels.
  • Enhancement to Dashboard
    The Client Version reporting in the Zoom Dashboard has several updates. It shows data for every device that a user signs in to and summarizes data based on whether the device needs an update with respect to the Zoom minimum supported version. It shows a stacked bar chart of the different client versions users are on from oldest to newest. It also shows the percentage of joins on clients requiring updates versus clients that do not require updates.
  • Enhancements to the Failed PSTN Connection report
    Account owners and admins will get a report on failed PSTN connections and can search by multiple criteria: host email, phone number, error code, or meeting ID. In the web portal, they can view reports from 1 month and can export reports from the past 12 months. Additionally, account owners and admins can click the meeting ID to view the dashboard page for that meeting.
  • Enhancements to the VDI Dashboard reports
    There are several enhancements to the VDI Dashboard reports. The Dashboard reports indicate end-of-life risk for older VDI versions and provide detailed individual user reports. Additionally, the VDI Host chart includes the following updates:
    • Each time users sign in to their virtual desktop from a different workstation, a new entry is created.
    • Unique entry for each user
    • Include N/A for the plugin version
      Note: Even if there is no plugin version, a record must be kept.
      The VDI Plugin Client chart includes the following updates:
    • Unique entry for every login
    • Search based on time in the drill-in
    • The chart depends on the date range.
      Note: The chart will change when the user changes the date range.
          
        
• User features
  • Enhancement to cloud recordings
    When users set the playback range for a cloud recording, all associated files (audio and transcripts) will be trimmed and the trimmed version will overwrite the original recording file. The original recording can be restored at any time after trimming. Additionally, when a recording is cut using the recording highlights feature, it will also trim the associated files. Separate audio files of each participant and messages sent via in-meeting chat cannot be trimmed.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where filtering users caused an error
• Resolved an issue where an incorrect error message was displayed when creating user groups using SAML auto-mapping
• Resolved an issue where admins were not able to delete users
• Resolved an issue where the email preview of the meeting registration confirmation email did not match the customize email template
• Resolved an issue were incorrect notification emails were sent to Zoom One users who had their webinar add-on removed
• Resolved an issue where the CRC dashboard was missing ports usage data
• Resolved an issue where hosts could not access the registration report after re-scheduling an instance of a recurring meeting
• Resolved an issue where toll-free numbers were not displayed in meeting invites
• Resolved an issue where the Zoom Help badge was disabled but users were still able to access it
• Resolved an issue where attendees were not able to join webinars with registration

Note: The Admin control of sharing in-meeting chat to chat channel feature was pulled from release due to issues with deployment and will be available in another upcoming release.

September 4, 2022

Changes to existing features

• Lock functionality added to calendar event bi-directional syncing feature
  Account owners and admins can lock the calendar event bi-directional sync feature at the account or group level to prevent users from changing this setting.

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancement

August 25, 2022

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fix 

August 21, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

Changes to existing features

• Support for bandwidth limit management
  The Limit Network bandwidth feature is available to all paid accounts, and is disabled by default. Account owners and admins can enable it to set the appropriate maximum bandwidth for devices according to their network environments. Previously, this feature required Zoom enablement.
• Remove dependency on Contacts setting controlling group-level chat settings
  A setting on the Contacts page in the web portal is being decoupled from the Zoom Chat group-level settings. Previously, when the Contacts setting List all account users under ‘All Contacts’ was enabled, group-level Zoom Chat settings were ignored and all users followed the account-level settings. For accounts with this setting enabled (and therefore not using group-level chat settings), most of their settings have been locked at the account level to preserve existing behavior when the dependency is removed. Account owners and admins can view changes reflected in the Operation Logs. This update will slowly roll out to customers over the following month.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Enhancements to Meeting quality score and network alerts on Dashboard
    In Dashboard, accounts have access to view the meeting quality score and network alerts, as well as set custom thresholds for network alerts. Previously, admins had to choose between having customized quality settings or an overall quality score assigned to their meeting in the Zoom web portal. In Dashboard, admins have access to both the Meeting and Webinar Quality and Meetings and Webinars Issues Trend charts.
  • Support for searching by user in Dashboard
    Account owners and admins can search by user in Dashboard to view all meetings or webinars (live or past) that a user has joined or hosted. Previously, you could only search by who hosted the meeting or webinar.
  • Support up to 25 custom languages for interpretation
    Account owners and admins can allow users to add up to 25 custom languages for interpretation when scheduling a meeting or webinar. This option is only available if the Enable language interpretation by default option is selected. It’s available at the account, group, and user levels; and can be locked at the account or group level. This enhancement must be enabled by Zoom and requires client version 5.11.2 or higher. Previously, up to 5 custom languages were supported.
  • Support for multi-language and translated captions in webinars
    Account owners and admins can enable Translated Captions for webinars, which allows users to enable automated translated captions in language pairs in webinars. Additionally, automated captions in Webinars support more languages in addition to English, which has been the only supported language thus far. These settings are available at the account, group, and user levels. Previously, these features were only available for meetings. Translated Captions are currently only available for Zoom One Business Plus and Zoom One Enterprise Plus accounts.
  • Enhancements for sharing cloud recordings
    There are several enhancements to improve the experience of sharing cloud recordings. Account owners and admins can allow sharing of recordings with specific users or meeting invites in addition to the admin’s selected authentication options in the web portal; this setting is available at the account, group, and user level. These enhancements allow users with scheduling privilege to access and manage cloud recordings for their scheduled meeting. Additionally, a recording link will be generated while the video is processing, allowing users to share the recording link.
  • Broadcast voice to all breakout rooms
    Account owners and admins can allow hosts to broadcast their microphone audio to all breakout rooms in a meeting. Previously, only device audio could be shared to breakout rooms from the main session.
  • Only allow internal users to chat in meetings or webinars
    Account owners and admins can choose to only allow internal users in the account to use in-meeting/webinar chat. This applies regardless of whether the meeting or webinar is hosted by a regulated user’s organization or an external organization.
  • Support for archiving in-meeting chat for regulated users on external meetings
    Account owners and admins can require their regulated users' in-meeting chat conversations to be archived when they join Zoom meetings hosted by an external organization. When enabled, users in the meeting are shown a disclaimer that archiving is on. This feature must be enabled by Zoom.
        
• Integration features
  • Support for calendar event bi-directional syncing
    Account owners and admins can enable bi-directional syncing to and from Google and Outlook calendars. This allows Zoom events created or updated on Zoom or external calendars to stay automatically synced across all integrated platforms. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels. This feature only supports updates made to an individual meeting (non-recurring) or an entire series.
        
• Developer features
  • Set the minimum Zoom SDK version
    Account owners and admins can enable and specify a different set of minimum versions for Zoom Meeting SDK apps. Once the SDK minimum version option is enabled, account owners and admins can select a minimum version, uniquely for each SDK platform. This setting is available at the account level.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue regarding webinar Q&A reports being unavailable
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users regarding missing emails of registered guests in Recording Analytics
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users regarding empty poll reports
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users who received an “Unable to display this page” error message when clicking a webinar registration link
• Resolved an issue with the Humidity and CO2 data being swapped on the spreadsheet export from the Air Conditions and People Count report in Dashboard

Note: The Admin control of custom questions on webinar registration enhancement was pulled from release due to issues with deployment, and will be available in another upcoming release.

August 14, 2022

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

August 8, 2022

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue for a subset of free users experiencing issues while accessing settings in the Zoom web portal

August 7, 2022

New and enhanced features

• User features
  • Support for automated captioning in 11 additional languages
    Zoom’s Live Transcription captions can be generated in 11 languages in addition to English, including Spanish, Japanese, Ukrainian, and more. Each participant chooses the language they are currently speaking in the meeting, and automated captions are generated in that language. As part of the necessary interface changes to support the new languages, the in-meeting buttons and interface for manual captioning will also be adjusted. Users can adjust which languages are available in the meeting through user-level web settings. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is rolling out to different groups of customers over the next month.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users regarding an indefinite load when accessing the Active Host By Users usage report
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users where they received an incorrect notice in Recording Management about their amount of available cloud recording storage
• Resolved an issue regarding cloud recordings missing or stuck in processing

July 28, 2022

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue regarding Chrome web extension users being automatically logged out

July 24, 2022

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue in the Live Meetings dashboard where participant information, such as Device, Microphone, and Speaker, was not populated

July 20, 2022

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

July 17, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

Changes to existing features

• Language Interpretation available for paid users
  The Language Interpretation setting is available for all users on Pro, Business, and Enterprise accounts. These users can enable this setting on their account. Previously, this feature required Zoom enablement.
• Changes to Google permissions authorization process for calendar and contacts integration
  Google is disabling the embedded browser for the authorization process. When an account is using the Mail, Calendar, and Contacts integration with Google, account owners and admins must select the permissions directly in the Zoom web portal.
• Changes to password requirements
  The Cannot contain consecutive characters password requirement was moved from the Enhanced Password Requirement list to the Basic Password Requirement list in account security settings. This requirement is mandatory and selected by default; users must create a password that doesn’t contain consecutive characters.
• Webinar chat settings separating from meeting chat settings
  Account owners and admins can enable or disable in-webinar chat in the Zoom web portal, separately from in-meeting chat. Previously, settings for in-meeting and in-webinar chat were combined and controlled together. This setting also includes the defaults for whom panelists and attendees can chat with, with the default for whom attendees can chat being changed to No One. We recommend Webinar users check their defaults to ensure chat is allowed as desired, while keeping in mind that these permissions can be adjusted during a live webinar as well.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Prevent hosts from uploading images for advanced polls and quizzes
    Account owners and admins can prevent hosts from uploading images in questions on advanced polls and quizzes in meetings and/or webinars. This setting option is available at the account, group, and user levels; and can be locked at the account or group level.
  • Prevent external users from saving in-meeting/webinar chats
    Account owners and admins can choose to only allow users in their account to save chats from meetings and/or webinars. This option is available at the account, group, and user levels, and can be locked at the account or group level. This feature requires client version 5.11.3 or higher.
  • Admin meeting templates
    Account owners and admins can enable and create advanced meeting templates that apply user-level settings, such as who can share and allow removed participants to rejoin, to meetings. This setting can be enabled at the account, group, and user levels. Once enabled, an admin must create templates and assign them to groups or users for use. If enabled for users, they will have access to the templates when scheduling a meeting. This feature is available to Business and Enterprise accounts.
  • Admin webinar templates
    Account owners and admins can enable and create advanced webinar templates that apply user-level settings, such as if reactions should be enabled, and scheduling-level settings, such as if registration should be used for webinars. This setting can be enabled at the account, group, and user levels. Once enabled, an admin must create templates and assign them to groups or users for use. If enabled for users, they will have access to the templates when scheduling a webinar.
  • Enable livestream at 1080p
    Account owners and admins can activate full HD 1080p video quality for the host and participants. This allows users to livestream a meeting or webinar at 1080p. This setting is available at the account and group level.
  • Control ability to start webinars using DTMF on H.323/SIP devices
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable the ability for H.323/SIP devices to start a webinar by using the DTMF code and host key.
  • Additional features added for Follow the user in-meeting policy
    Account owners and admins can restrict what in-meeting features users on the account have access to when joining both internal and external meetings. Features can be restricted by the administrator either for external meetings only or all meetings the user joins as required. This feature must be enabled by Zoom for non-enterprise accounts. This feature is supported on desktop clients (Windows, macOS, Linux), mobile apps (iOS, Android), and web client. The restriction of the following features were added:
    • New Whiteboard
    • Live transcription in meetings and webinars
    • Direct messaging in meetings and webinars
    • Enable computer audio
    • Meeting and webinar reactions
    • Hide participant profile pictures in meetings
          
  • Enhancements to recording management export
    Account owners and admins can export more than 5,000 records using the export option on the recording management page. The exported CSV file also has a column for recording file size.
        
• User features
  • Recording trimming error email notifications
    When users’ edits to their recordings do not work, the recording remains in a trimming state. Users will receive an email notification after an error occurs with their recording edits.
  • Livestream at 1080p
    When enabled by admin, users can livestream a meeting or webinar at 1080p.
  • Indonesian language support
    Based on a user’s browser settings, the Zoom web portal supports Indonesian by default. Users can also manually select Indonesian from a drop-down list of languages in the web portal footer.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements

Note: The following features were pulled from release due to issues with deployment:

• End-to-end encryption (E2EE) support for breakout rooms 
• Support for archiving in-meeting chat for regulated users on external meetings

July 3, 2022

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue in cloud recording analytics where emails for viewers were not appearing

June 26, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

New and enhanced features

• Device management features
  • Import a list of Zoom Room devices in Device list
    Account owners and admins can import a list of Android Zoom Room devices before logging in the devices. Once the devices are imported, admins will be able to view the devices information and assign them to a room or user. This process will help admins quickly manage and deploy their Android Zoom Room devices.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where Windows 11 Zoom Room appeared as Windows 10 Zoom Room

June 19, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

Changes to existing features

• Invite limit added for webinar panelists
  The number of panelists that can join a webinar is determined by the host’s meeting capacity. A new limit is introduced for how many people the host can invite as panelists to each session. This limit is set to twice the number of allowed panelists. This does not impact existing invite lists.
• Cloud recording storage updates
  Cloud recording storage limits will be expanded to 5GB per licensed user on Pro and Business accounts. Previously, Pro and Business accounts had 1GB of cloud recording storage per license.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • User profile card includes link to join PMI
    Account owners and admins can allow users to join others’ personal meetings directly from their profile card on the Zoom client. This setting is available at the account level, and this feature must be enabled by Zoom.
  • Allow participants to view profile cards in a meeting
    Account owners and admins can enable a setting to show participant profile cards in meetings. When enabled, participants can quickly view additional information about other participants, such as their title, local time, and personal notes, by hovering over their avatar or clicking on their video panel and selecting View Profile. Profile cards for unregistered users will not be visible. For external users, participants can click a button to connect with them, and once connected can see their profile information. This setting is available at the account level and requires client version 5.11.0 or higher.
  • Restrict which groups can create channels
    Account owners and admins can restrict which groups can create public and/or private channels. This setting may impact new and existing groups, and if a user belongs to two or more groups, the most restrictive setting will apply. This setting is only available at the group level and requires client version 5.11.0 or higher; it does not have backward compatibility. Changes will not take effect immediately; users must sign out and sign back in for this change to take effect.
  • Set content rating restrictions for GIF images
    Account owners and admins can restrict certain GIF images in Zoom Chat based on GIPHY’s content rating system. Content ratings include G, PG, PG-13, and R. The default content rating is G. This setting is available at the account level and requires client version 5.11.0 or higher.
  • Suppress deleted or deactivated user notices in chats and channels
    Account owners and admins can choose to suppress notices in chats and channels when users are deleted or deactivated from the account. This setting is available at the account level and requires client version 5.11.0 or higher; it does not have backward compatibility.
  • Configure different local retention policies at the group level
    Account owners and admins can set group-specific local storage policies when creating a new group or editing an existing one. Group-specific local storage periods will override any account-level local retention policies, unless it’s locked at the account level. If a user belongs to multiple groups, the most restrictive policy applies. This setting requires client version 5.11.0 or higher.
  • Configure cloud retention policies at the channel level
    Account owners and admins can set channel-specific cloud storage policies when editing a channel in the web portal. Channel-specific cloud storage periods will override any account- or group-level retention settings, unless it’s locked or disabled at the account level.
  • Support for Chat Etiquette policies in Webinar Q&A
    When admins apply Chat Etiquette policies to in-meeting/webinar chat, these policies also apply to webinar Q&As. When enabled, users are notified when their webinar Q&A messages trigger Chat Etiquette policies. Webinar attendees must be on client version 5.11.0 or higher for Chat Etiquette policies to apply to webinar Q&A.
  • Support for translated captions
    Account owners and admins can enable Translated Captions, which allows users to enable automated translated captions in language pairs in meetings; it also provides a speaking language list and translation language list. These settings are available at the account, group, and user levels. This feature is only available for Zoom One Business Plus and Zoom One Enterprise Plus accounts.
  • Enhancements to Operation Logs
    Account owners and admins can review and export an audit log that contains a list of all admin actions. The new actions where an audit happens are any time an admin views personal data and reports, shares recordings, exports data, and manages user activities. This enhancement allows the admin to export this data in the Operations Log. This feature is enabled by default.
  • Setting added to allow multiple participants to screen share
    Account owners and admins can enable a setting in the Zoom web portal to allow multiple participants to screen share simultaneously, which allows hosts to enable this feature when scheduling a meeting. Previously, hosts could only enable this setting once the meeting had started.
  • Support for multiple screen sharing in webinars
    When enabled, the new setting in the Zoom web portal to allow multiple participants to share simultaneously also applies to Zoom Webinars, and is available for the host and panelists to provide webinar attendees with the experience of viewing simultaneous presentations. Webinar attendees can choose which screen to view, such as seeing the content in their language when a presentation is shared in different languages. This feature requires client version 5.11.0 or higher and is not supported in webinars using Backstage.
        
• Integration features
  • Support for impersonation account with Exchange calendar and contacts integration
    Account owners and admins using Exchange 2016 for their calendar and contacts service can use Exchange Web Services to set up an impersonation account that will allow users to automatically sync meetings without additional signing in.
  • Enhancements to authorization for Zoom Chat third-party cloud storage
    When using SharePoint or Box for Zoom Chat cloud storage, admins and users can re-authenticate to sign in with a different account. Previously, admins and users could not sign out and re-authenticate.
  • Enhancements to the Mio Chat Interoperability integration
    Beginning with client version 5.11.0, basic users cannot send, share, or react to chats in universal channels where Mio is being used, but they can still join and view messages in the channels. Basic users also can’t direct message users on other platforms. Admins that want to allow users to chat with users on other platforms through Mio must ensure that the users are licensed. If an admin removes a license from a user on the web portal, it will disable interoperability for any channels where that user is the channel owner.
        
• Developer features
  • Enable 1080p for Video SDK accounts
    1080p is enabled for all Video SDK accounts, including existing accounts and newly provisioned accounts. The specific platform still needs to support it to fully utilize this resolution.
  • Support for subsessions (breakout rooms) for Video SDK accounts
    The Subsession feature is enabled for all Video SDK accounts, including existing accounts and newly provisioned accounts. Subsessions are breakout rooms that split the meeting into different sessions, and allow the host to assign participants to subsessions when scheduling, broadcast messages to participants, edit subsessions when they’re open, and view activity statuses of participants in subsessions.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements

June 14, 2022

New and enhanced features

• Integration features
  • Mio Chat Interoperability integration
    Account owners and admins can set up the Mio Chat Interoperability integration, which allows users to chat across platforms between Zoom Chat and Slack, Microsoft Teams, and WebEx. This integration is helpful for communication between users working at the same company but on different platforms, or as a solution when migrating from a different chat platform to Zoom Chat. This feature must be enabled by Zoom and is currently only available for US customers.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fix

Note: The Mio Chat Interoperability integration was initially scheduled for release on June 7, 2022, but was delayed to June 14, 2022.

June 12, 2022

Resolved issues

• Security enhancements
• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where the Information Barrier policy existence was preventing users from starting or joining a meeting, regardless of whether the policy’s status was enabled or disabled
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users where the date field was not formatted correctly when scheduling a webinar
• Resolved an issue where the Automatically record to the cloud setting did not apply to meetings correctly

June 1, 2022

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • General availability of the New Admin Experience
    Starting June 1, 2022, our engineering team will begin the migration and enablement of the New Admin Experience on all accounts. There won’t be any downtime while the migration processes, but the day the New Admin Experience is enabled on your account may vary. Your account owner will receive an email when it completes.
        

May 29, 2022

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where users could not generate polling reports

May 21, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

Changes to existing features

• iOS sharing included in Zoom Client for Meetings download package
  The Zoom Client Plugin for Sharing iPhone/iPad download package was merged into the Zoom Client for Meetings download package available on the Download Center. Previously, users were required to download the packages separately.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  
  • Create contact groups directly in the web portal
    Account owners and admins can directly create contact groups in the web portal without group settings. They can select which contact groups to display in their Zoom client as well as their contact group privacy settings. This is only available on accounts with the New Admin Experience enabled. Users must be on client version 5.7.6 or higher to see these contact groups. Account owners and admins can also use SAML mapping to add contact groups.
  • Enhancements to language interpretation
    Account owners and admins can choose if they want to allow participants to speak in a listening channel when language interpretation is enabled. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels. This feature must be enabled by Zoom.
  • Specify approved file types and file size limits between internal and external users
    Account owners and admins can use file transfer controls to specify the file types and file size limits that their internal users can send and receive from external users. These controls can apply to 1:1 chats, group chats, and channels. Once enabled, this setting will only impact new files, not existing files. This setting is available at the account and group levels. Additionally, the Chat History user activity report shows when a file was restricted from access to your internal users.
  • Assign both Zoom Events license and Zoom Webinars license to a user
    Account owners and admins can assign both a Zoom Events license and a Zoom Webinars license to a user. Zoom Events capacity will be limited by the Zoom Events license. The capacity of scheduled webinars will be limited by the larger capacity of the Zoom Webinars license or Zoom Events license. Previously, users could not be assigned both Zoom Events and Zoom Webinars licenses.
  • Allow or prevent users from managing saved polls and quizzes
    If polling is enabled, account owners and admins can enable or disable the ability for users to manage their own saved polls library. Previously, this was enabled by default if polls were enabled.
  • Enable or disable video and screen share for a Personal Audio Conference
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable video and screen share for participants in a Personal Audio Conference (PAC). These settings are available at the account, group, and user levels, and must be enabled by Zoom.
  • Customize the end-of-meeting experience feedback survey
    Account owners and admins have more control over the end-of-meeting experience feedback survey when a user clicks the Thumbs Down icon. Admins can enable or disable the text field for user feedback and/or enter a customized message for users, such as a phone number to their organization’s IT department. Customization options are only available at the account and group levels, and participants must be on client version 5.10.6 or higher.
  • Enhancements to web recording analytics
    Guests who view recordings and do not provide their emails to the host will not be displayed in the recording analytics; their email will be hidden.
  • Limit removed for cloud recording usage report
    When account owners or admins export the cloud recording usage report to a CSV file, a full report of every user on the account is included. Previously, account owners and admins could only export up to 5,000 records from the cloud recording usage report.
        
• User features
  • Enhancements to set playback range and recording highlights
    When users set the playback range on a cloud recording, the original files selected by the user (audio and transcripts) are also trimmed and the trimmed version will overwrite the original recording file. Users can always restore the original version if needed. When a recording highlight is created and saved as a new file, the audio transcript file and closed caption file are cut at the same time. This feature is in beta and must be enabled by Zoom.
  • Enhancements to polling and quizzing CSV exports
    Hosts can export poll or quiz results as a CSV that replicates the visual layout of the in-meeting poll report. The CSV export layout has been improved for optimal formatting and readability.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where LTI Pro users were unable to download multiple recordings

Note: The Select Switzerland data center for Communications Content storage location feature was pulled from release due to issues with deployment and will be available in another upcoming release.

May 8, 2022

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements

May 1, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

Changes to existing features

• Free account meeting duration changes
  Starting May 2, 2022, Zoom is changing the meeting duration limit for 1:1 meetings hosted by Basic users on Free and Free (Credit Card Verified) accounts to 40 minutes. This change creates a uniform 40-minute meeting duration limit for all meetings hosted by Basic users on Free and Free (Credit Card Verified) accounts, including group meetings and one-on-one meetings.

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue for account owners without a Zoom Webinars license receiving an error when viewing a user’s webinar configurations

April 24, 2022

New and enhanced features

• Device management features
  • Enhancement to Zoom Room update process
    If using Zoom Device Management to deploy upgrades, account owners and admins have the ability to choose the version to apply to their Zoom Room devices. They can select to update their Zoom Room devices to the latest, previous, or second previous version.
        
• User features
  • Whiteboard external sharing is on by default for free users
    By default, free users can share whiteboards to anyone with a Zoom account.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users regarding authorization for the Slack integration
• Resolved an issue with creating on-demand recording registrations

April 21, 2022

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

April 17, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Chat Etiquette Tool
    Account owners and admins can create Chat Etiquette policies to identify defined keywords or text patterns/regular expressions (such as account numbers) and then determine what action occurs when a policy is triggered. When a user attempts to send a message through Zoom Chat and/or in-meeting and webinar chat that triggers a Chat Etiquette policy, the user is either warned or blocked from sending the message. Chat Etiquette policies are configured at the account level, and can be activated at the account or group level. Admins can create up to 50 policies on the account. This feature requires client version 5.6.0 or higher.
  • Bulk update SSO users’ email addresses
    Account owners and users with proper role permissions for editing user information can bulk update email addresses for users with the SSO login type through CSV file import. This feature must be enabled by Zoom.
  • View Children’s Education Status reporting for all sub accounts
    Account owners and admins on bulk license accounts can easily view a report that shows the Children’s Education Status information for all of their sub accounts.
  • Support for archiving configuration settings at the group level
    Account owners and admins can set archiving configurations at the group level. Previously, archiving configurations were only available at the account level.
  • Data center for dial-in and call out numbers
    When account owners or admins customize the dial-in numbers available for meetings, they can see the associated data center regions that are used to route calls. In addition, when customizing the call out numbers available for meetings, the list of available countries/regions is no longer impacted by the account’s enabled data centers.
  • Currency in usage reports
    Account owners and admins can see the associated currency they are billed in when viewing audio conferencing usage reports. Previously, all amounts were displayed in US dollars.
  • Control email notifications for recording transcription
    Account owners and admins can control if email notifications are sent when cloud recording transcriptions are done processing. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level; and can be locked at the account or group level. This setting is also enabled by default.
  • Support for Gesture Recognition
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable Gesture Recognition, which allows for visual hand gestures, such as a raised hand, to automatically display a corresponding meeting reaction. This feature currently supports Raise Hand and Thumbs Up reactions and requires client version 5.10.3 or higher. This setting can be enabled and locked at the account and group levels. This setting is disabled at the client level by default.
  • Separate settings for manual and automated captions
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable manual captions and automated captions (live transcription) separately. Admins might want to turn off manual captions as it can be a way for users to potentially “chat” during a meeting. Previously, these two features were controlled using one setting.
  • View breakout room activities from main session
    Account owners and admins can enable a breakout room option to allow hosts to view the level of activity in each open breakout room. Hosts and co-hosts can quickly view participants’ audio and video status, if they are sharing their screen, and any active reactions or nonverbal feedback. Once enabled, participants are notified before they join the breakout room that their activity status is shared with the host and any co-hosts. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels. This feature requires hosts and participants to have client version 5.10.3 or higher for activity statuses to appear.
  • Customizable user questionnaires in Workspace reservation
    Account owners and admins can enable and create a Reservation Questionnaire and a Pre-Check In Questionnaire for employees to answer when using Workspace reservation. The Reservation Questionnaire is presented to users when making a reservation, while the Pre-Check In Questionnaire is emailed to users a set amount of time prior to the start of their reservation. Admins can set up the questionnaires at the account level or subsequent location levels.
  • Workspaces dashboard
    Account owners and admins can access the Workspaces dashboard to view and download metrics associated with Workspace reservations. Metrics include reservations made, questionnaire results, check-in rates, workspace utilization, and popular rooms and desks.
  • Introducing: Zoom Whiteboard
    We’ve redesigned our virtual whiteboarding experience to bring you the all-new Zoom Whiteboard, a cross-platform visual collaboration solution that’s built right into Zoom Meetings, the Zoom desktop client, and the Zoom web portal. Admins can restrict access to saving Whiteboards to the cloud for both in-meeting and out-of-meeting use, as well as exporting Whiteboard content.
        
• User features
  • Enhancement to Waiting Room participants order
    Hosts can choose to sort participants in the Waiting Room in chronological or alphabetical order. This option is available in the list of Waiting Room Options at the account, group, and user levels, and requires desktop client version 5.10.3 or higher.
  • Central library of polls
    Users can manage a central library of polls for meetings. They can create or edit polls and use them for Personal Meeting ID (PMI) and non-PMI meetings. Previously, polls for PMI and non-PMI meetings were managed separately. When a poll is marked as available to all meetings, it will appear in the list of polls that can be launched in a meeting. This new central repository will not replace the existing "Personal Meeting (PMI) polls"; polls created here will only appear in PMI meetings.
  • Introducing: Zoom Whiteboard
    We’ve redesigned our virtual whiteboarding experience to bring you the all-new Zoom Whiteboard, a cross-platform visual collaboration solution that’s built right into Zoom Meetings, the Zoom desktop client, and the Zoom web portal. With Zoom Whiteboard, you can brainstorm and collaborate on a persistent, expandable, digital canvas. Manage, share, edit, and duplicate Whiteboards directly from the Zoom web portal, for access to Zoom Whiteboard anywhere.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where the passcode changed when a meeting was converted to a webinar
• Resolved an issue where an error code for expired webinars did not support a customized error message

April 13, 2022

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fix

April 12, 2022

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where a subset of customers received an unknown error code when starting a meeting

April 10, 2022

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements

April 3, 2022

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fix

March 27, 2022

New and enhanced features

• Device management features
  • Enhancement to Zoom Phone Appliance hot desking
    Account owners and admins can assign calendar resources to Zoom Phone Appliances. They can also assign a location so that the appliance appears as a workspace on the floor map. This requires the Zoom Phone Appliance 5.10.0 client which is scheduled to be released in April.
  • IP Phone devices listed in device list landing page
    The device list landing page is now listing phone devices to provide account owners and admins better visibility of the devices being managed. Now admins can view a complete list of all the devices attached to Zoom services, including Zoom IP Phone and Devices. This enables admins to perform tasks such as filtering on vendors, operating systems, etc. with a complete view across all devices. Admins will need viewing permissions for both Zoom Rooms and Zoom Phones to see the complete list. 
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

March 20, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

Changes to existing features

• Co-host enabled by default for On-Premise users
  On-Premise users can use the co-host feature by default. Previously, this feature had to be enabled by Zoom.
• Adjustments to Attendee Count and Meeting Minutes in reports and Dashboard
  Starting April 1, 2022, Dashboard and reporting data for Attendee Count and Meeting Minutes is being adjusted. The definition of how attendees are counted is changing, and Zoom is addressing an issue where meeting minutes might have been under-reported for meetings with over 500 attendees:
  • Attendee Count: Measuring attendee count will be updated to ensure it is consistent across Account Reports and the Dashboard. This includes counting participants once when they enter the meeting, and excluding them when they join via failover (disconnect and reconnect or join the meeting via waiting room).
  • Meeting Minutes: More accurate meeting minute totals will be provided for meetings and webinars that are over 500 attendees. Due to this change, users might see a significant increase in their meeting minute values for Meeting Minutes, Top 10 Users by Meeting Minutes, and Usage by Meeting minutes within the Dashboard for meetings that are over 500 attendees.
  Account owners and admins will likely see an increase in meeting minutes and a decrease in attendee count, with no change in actual user behavior. This affects Business, Education, and Enterprise accounts.
  Note: This change does not require Zoom enablement, as previously communicated. It will take effect for the aforementioned account types on April 1, 2022.
• In-meeting chat disabled when a regulated user joins an internal E2EE meeting with archiving enabled
  When a regulated user joins an end-to-end encrypted (E2EE) meeting with archiving enabled, in-meeting chat is automatically disabled for all participants because the chat cannot be archived. All participants will receive a notification that in-meeting chat is disabled. Account owners and admins can override this setting by enabling Allow chat when a regulated user joins an internal end-to-end meeting in the Zoom web portal.
• Lock meeting/webinar topic settings available at the group level
  Account owners and admins can choose to always show “Zoom Meetings” or “Zoom Webinars” as the meeting or webinar topic for a group of users. Previously, these settings were only available at the account level.
• Hide profile pictures for panelists and attendees in webinars
  Account owners and admins can enable the Hide participant profile pictures in a meeting setting to restrict the use of profile pictures for panelists and attendees in a webinar. Hosts can toggle this setting as needed during a webinar through the Participants panel. This feature requires version 5.3.2 or higher. Previously, this setting only applied to meetings, but it now also applies to webinars when enabled.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Support for Avatars
    Account owners and admins can allow users to select an avatar to represent themselves during meetings. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level; and can be locked at the account or group level. This feature requires 5.10.0 or higher.
  • Enhancements to Chat History report
    Account owners and admins can view and download all messages sent and received by users on the account in the Chat History report, including files, images, emoji reactions, animated GIFs, audio files, and code snippets. Threaded messages are also displayed in a grouped format (instead of the existing flattened and chronological format), for easier viewing and deletion.
  • Bulk update users’ email addresses
    Account owners and admins with proper role permissions for editing user information can bulk update users’ email addresses through CSV file import. This feature must be enabled by Zoom.
  • Support for sharing links to messages and channels in Zoom Chat
    Account owners and admins can allow users to copy links from Zoom Chat (deep linking) by enabling Share links to messages and channels in Zoom Chat. When enabled, a user can create shareable links to public channels or specific messages in the channel, and then share links within or outside of Zoom to open directly in Zoom Chat. Only users with existing access and those who belong to the same account with the channel admin, will be able to join and view referenced channels. This setting is available at the account and group level, and can be locked at either level.
  • Support for video messages in Zoom Chat
    Account owners and admins can allow users to send short video messages to others in direct messages or group conversations by enabling Video Message. Asynchronous video allows users the time to consider their responses and then record as needed to provide thoughtfully crafted responses. This setting is available at the account and group level, and can be locked at either level.
  • Show invitee list in Participants panel
    Account owners and admins can enable the Show invitee list in Participants panel setting that allows hosts, co-hosts, and alternative hosts to view a Not Joined section in the Participants panel of the meeting. This section lists the people who were invited to the meeting but have not yet joined, as well as their calendar response. This feature requires hosts and users to have the Calendar and Contacts Integration (Google Calendar or Outlook Calendar) configured in the user Profile. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels, and can be locked at the account or group level. This feature requires version 5.9.6 or higher. This feature was initially available to limited account types, and now is available to all account types.
  • Allow host/co-host to rename participants in the waiting room
    Account owners and admins can allow hosts and co-hosts to rename participants while they’re in the waiting room. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level; and can be locked at the account or group level. This feature requires version 5.10.0 or higher.
  • Show meeting encryption type in Dashboard
    Account owners and admins can view detailed encryption status in Dashboard that is at parity with the status shown in the meeting client. They can see if a meeting used enhanced encryption, end-to-end encryption (E2EE), or if there were any exceptions to encryption.
  • Enable/disable Webinar Session Branding
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable Webinar - Session Branding, which allows hosts to visually customize their webinar sessions. This feature requires version 5.10.0 or higher to see branding. Panelists that join with a lower version will not have access to the virtual background or name tag.
  • Support for hiding sensitive content in push notifications
    Account owners and admins can enable the setting Hide Push Notification Content to hide sensitive content, such as the name of an upcoming meeting or chat content, from displaying in push notifications on both iOS and Android devices. This setting is available at the account level.
  • Allow live streaming to Twitch
    Account owners and admins can allow hosts to live stream their meeting or webinar to Twitch directly, rather than manually configuring the stream as a custom live-streaming service. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level; and can be locked at the account or group level.
  • Enable/disable webinar reactions
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable the use of webinar reactions. If enabled, hosts can control when attendees and panelists can use reactions in webinars, similar to reactions in meetings. The stream of submitted reactions are displayed in the bottom-right corner of the main webinar window, visible to the host, panelists, and attendees. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level; and can be locked at the account or group level. This feature requires version 5.9.6 or higher to be able to send and see reactions.
  • Enable/disable Webinar Backstage
    Account owners and admins can allow hosts to enable webinars with Backstage access. The webinar host and other panelists can move between the backstage area, which is not visible or heard by attendees, and the mainstage, which is visible to and heard by attendees. Panelists in the backstage can still hear and view the mainstage to keep an eye on the presentation and know when to rejoin. This feature requires version 5.10.0 or higher and the host must have a Zoom Events license. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for April 17, 2022.
        
• User features
  • Webinar Session branding
    If enabled by an account owner or admin, hosts can customize their webinar session’s appearance by uploading a wallpaper image behind the video tiles, setting a virtual background, and applying name tags to panelists. This feature requires version 5.10.0 or higher to see branding. Panelists that join with a lower version will not have access to the virtual background or name tag.
  • Schedule a recurring meeting with a saved Breakout Room assignment
    When a host saves a breakout room configuration and participant assignments during a Zoom meeting, they can select the saved breakout room assignment they want to use when scheduling a recurring meeting in the web portal. This is limited to 10 saved configurations per account/user.
  • Support for signing in with Apple ID on all platforms
    Users can sign in with their Apple ID on the Zoom desktop client, mobile app, and web portal. This setting is enabled by default, but account owners and admins can disable the Allow users to sign in with Apple ID setting to prevent users from signing in with this method.
        
• Integration features
  • Support for third-party cloud storage services (SharePoint and Box)
    Account owners and admins can choose SharePoint or Box as the default file storage option for newly created channels. This setting is available at the account level. This feature requires version 5.10.0 or higher and must be enabled by Zoom.
        
• Developer features
  • Cloud Recording added to Usage Reports
    For Video SDK accounts with a Cloud Recording plan, cloud recording metrics are available under Usage Reports to view detailed information about cloud storage usage by the host.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue regarding an incorrect alert appearing for accounts with multiple login methods trying to disable the Single Sign-On method
• Resolved an issue where custom text in a webinar follow-up email was not visible

March 13, 2022

Changes to existing features

• 40-minute limit temporarily waived for hosts in Ukraine
  Hosts in Ukraine on free accounts can use Zoom to host meetings without the 40-minute limit.

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

March 6, 2022

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

March 1, 2022

Changes to existing features

• Option to switch to the New Admin Experience
  On March 1, 2022, account owners will see an in-product tour of the new functionality and will be given the option to switch to the New Admin Experience (or choose to remain on the current admin experience). On June 1, 2022, Zoom will automatically enable the New Admin Experience for all customers who have not yet opted-in.

February 27, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

Changes to existing features

• Alternative host can edit meeting polls setting available at the account, group, and user levels
  Account owners and admins can enable or disable the setting to allow alternative hosts to create, edit, and download polls during a meeting or webinar. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels, and can be locked at the account or group level. Previously, this setting was available to all users.
• Zoom enablement required for Meeting Connector, Cloud Recording Connector, and Virtual Room Connector
  The Meeting Connector, Cloud Recording Connector, and Virtual Room Connector downloads are disabled by default for all new Zoom customers and existing customers that do not currently have the connectors deployed. Customers who want to deploy any of these functionalities must contact Zoom to request enablement. This change does not impact existing customers with instances that are already deployed.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Support for telephony audio bridges in Asia as a data center region for audio conferencing
    Account owners and admins can choose Asia as the region when determining where most participants call into or call from a meeting. An accurate selection can help reduce phone call delays to improve call quality. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels, and can be locked at the account or group levels.
  • Enable or disable post-meeting/webinar third-party survey links
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable the use of third-party survey links for meetings and webinars at the account level.
  • Enable or disable the Hide meeting/webinar description feature
    Account owners and admins can choose to hide the description for new or currently scheduled meetings or webinars. This setting is available at the account level. When this setting is enabled, the meeting or webinar description will be hidden on the following pages:
    • Schedule meeting/webinar
    • Schedule meeting/webinar with template
    • Edit meeting/webinar
    • Info about event
          
  • Enhancements to Zoom Webinars stats on Dashboard
    In the overall usage statistics of the Dashboard, account owners and admins can view the total number of meeting minutes for webinars during the set date range.
        
• User features
  • Error code shown for required updates
    An error code is displayed on the Update Required prompt when users try to join a meeting that has features enabled that are incompatible with their current, older version. For example, if the host has enabled 2-way chat in the waiting room, which requires a minimum version of 5.8.0, users see an error code along with the Update Required prompt, which can help assist with troubleshooting. There is no change to functionality, only the addition of an error code within the prompt.
  • UI description updated for the Disable desktop screen sharing for meetings you host setting
    In the Zoom web portal, the description for the Disable desktop screen sharing for meetings you host setting was updated to provide clarity that this option may not be applicable to users joining via Web clients. This feature is not supported in Web clients due to browser restrictions. There are no changes to functionality.
  • New tab opens when starting a meeting or webinar from the web portal
    When a host starts a meeting, webinar, or webinar practice session from the Zoom web portal, it launches in a new browser tab. This allows hosts to access the join link for panelists, edit polls, and make other adjustments more easily.
  • Enhancements to the Trust Form
    Under What can we help you with?, the option Report Account Takeover or Hacked Account was renamed to Report Account Takeover to clarify that this option is intended for reporting account takeovers. Additionally, the Copyright or trademark infringement reporting option was relocated under What can we help you with?.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where Dashboard displayed the incorrect last login version
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users where the Register link for Zoom Webinars did not work
• Resolved an issue where adding a domain with a hyphen resulted in errors for specific settings
• Resolved an issue in webinar templates where custom questions did not have the option to display as a dropdown list

February 20, 2022

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

February 6, 2022

Resolved issues

• Security enhancements
• Minor bug fixes

January 24, 2022

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue regarding the branding template not updating properly

January 23, 2022

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

Changes to existing features

• Administrator features
  • Enable Language Interpretation by default
    Account owners and admins can enable the Language Interpretation feature by default when scheduling Zoom meetings. Previously, when scheduling a new Zoom meeting, the Language Interpretation feature was always off by default.
  • Change to Dashboard statistics
    In Dashboard, the Toll-free Minutes tile was renamed to Audio Conferencing Minutes. These statistics show minutes for toll-free dial-in, call-out, premium toll dial in, and toll dial-in.
        

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Customer grant access workflow for specific content to assist troubleshooting
    Account owners and admins can now grant access to Zoom personnel to access specific content. For example, when working with Zoom on a technical issue, account owners and admins can grant limited access to specific content like chat and recordings to Zoom personnel to assist with troubleshooting. Approval allows authorized personnel at Zoom with appropriate permissions to view specified content for a set period of time. Once the time period expires, access is revoked. All access attempts and activity to the files are logged. 
  • Create, remove, and rename breakout rooms after launch
    Account owners and admins can enable the ability for hosts to create, remove, and rename breakout rooms while they are open and in use. This feature requires client version 5.9.3 or higher and must be enabled by Zoom.
  • Enhancements to the Operation Logs report
    Account owners and admins with access to the Operations Log report can view all user-level setting changes made by admins, except for changes made via API.
  • Turn off caption and chat saving in local recordings
    Account owners and admins can choose if hosts and participants are allowed to save chat messages or caption files in local recordings. Account owners and admins can enable or disable and lock these settings at the account and group levels. Users can enable or disable at the user level. This setting is enabled by default.
  • Email notifications for compromised accounts
    Account owners, admins, and any other contacts set up to receive Trust & Safety communications from Zoom will receive email notifications about any users on the account with compromised credentials. Impacted users also receive an email notification if their credentials were compromised, and are required to reset their password.
  • Reset virtual backgrounds to default after each meeting
    Account owners and admins can choose to reset any virtual background, selected by the admin, for users after any Zoom meeting. When a user changes their pre-approved virtual background for a specific meeting, their background will automatically reset back to the default after the meeting. This setting is available at the account and group levels, and can be locked at either level.
  • Enhancements to attendee authentication for registered meetings and webinars
    Account owners and admins can configure a new authentication option for webinar and meetings registrants: Sign into Zoom with invited email. This option allows for hosts to require attendees to be signed-in to the Zoom account associated with the email they registered to join this session with. If trying to join without being signed-in or signed-in with the wrong account, they will be notified and given the option to sign-in or switch account. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for February 7, 2022. 
  • Additional features added for Follow the user in-meeting policy
    Account owners and admins can restrict what in-meeting features users on the account have access to when joining both internal and external meetings. Features can be restricted by the administrator either for external meetings only or all meetings the user joins as required. This feature must be enabled by Zoom for non-enterprise accounts. This feature is supported on desktop clients (Windows, macOS, Linux), mobile apps (iOS, Android), and web client.
    The restriction of the following features were added:
    • Nonverbal feedback
    • Meeting reactions
          
        
• User features
  • Record separate audio files for participants in cloud recordings
    Meeting and webinar hosts can enable a setting in the Zoom web portal to record separate audio files for participants in cloud recordings. When viewing processed cloud recordings, hosts can manage the separate audio files of each participant.
  • Zoom for Intune (Android) available in the Download Center
    Users can download the Zoom for Intune (Android) app from the Download Center.
  • Enhancements to Webinar Q&A report interface
    There are several enhancements to improve the experience of the Zoom Webinars Q&A report interface to keep answers displayed in a clear area.
  • Enhancements to attendee authentication for registered meetings and webinars
    Meeting and webinar hosts can confirm that people attempting to join their meeting or webinar are validated against the registration list. Users must sign in to an account that has registered for the session in order to join. This feature will not be immediately available, as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for February 7, 2022. 
  • Notify users with compromised account credentials
    Users with a work email login type are notified by email if their account credentials are compromised, and are prompted to reset their password. If the password isn’t changed in 1 day, users are logged out of Zoom on all devices and are required to reset their password. Account owners, admins, and any other contact set up to receive Trust & Safety communications from Zoom will also receive email notifications about any compromised users on the account.
  • Customize waiting room with video
    Users can add a video when customizing the appearance of the waiting room in the web portal. Participants in the waiting room are able to view the video while they wait for the host to allow them into the meeting. This feature requires version 5.7.3 or higher. This feature is available for all paid accounts. Account owners and admins can submit a request for Zoom to disable the video customization option for their account.
  • Reset virtual backgrounds to default after each meeting
    Users can select and use any pre-approved virtual background before or during any Zoom meeting. However, after the meeting is over, the user's background will be automatically changed to a virtual background chosen by the admin.
        
• Developer features
  • Track recording minutes for Video SDK Cloud Recording
    The account-level usage report for cloud recording will be based on recording minutes.
  • Cloud recording support for Video SDK accounts
    Account owners of Video SDK accounts can enable cloud recording to record and save sessions as well as download recording files in the cloud.
  • Command channel for Video SDK accounts
    A real-time data and command channel will be implemented between Video SDK meeting participants.
        
• Device management feature
  • Classification of updates for Windows devices
    Account owners and admins can deep dive into devices running Windows and check upcoming updates to see their classification type (security, critical, none) to determine their publication date and status.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where the UI for editing and creating polls/advanced polls was not clearly defined, sending users to Advanced Polls automatically.
• Resolved an issue where the Type column in the Chat History report did not distinguish between group chats and channels. The Type column now shows 1:1, Group Chat, or Channel.
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users regarding reminder emails being sent with inaccurate registrant details.

Note: The Enable or disable the Hide meeting description feature was pulled from release due to issues with deployment, and will be available in another upcoming release.

January 9, 2022

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

January 8, 2022

Changes to existing features

• Administrator features
  • Zoom SSO certificate rotation
    In keeping up with standard industry practices, Zoom is retiring its current single sign-on (SSO) certificate ahead of its expiration on Wednesday, February 2, 2022. To avoid service disruption, we will publish a new SSO certificate beginning Saturday, January 8, 2022. No action is required for accounts using an identity provider (IDP) and/or configuration which supports dynamic metadata refresh, as the account’s IDP will automatically download the latest Zoom certificate and rotate it into the account’s configuration. For accounts with automatic rotation disabled or their IDP does not support automatic certificate rotation, admins can begin the certificate rotation process by selecting the new certificate in the Zoom web portal (Admin > Advanced > Single Sign On settings).
        

December 22, 2021

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Enhanced authentication options for webinar panelists
    Webinar hosts can require panelists to be signed in with the account associated with the email they are set as a panelist with. If trying to join without being signed in or signed in with the wrong account, they will be notified and given the option to sign in or switch accounts.
        

December 21, 2021

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Settings search on the Zoom web portal
    Account owners and admins can search for any setting on the web portal without having to go to each tab within the account- or group-level settings. This search does not apply to settings under the Zoom Phone tab.
  • Automatically delete deactivated users after a set amount of time
    Account owners and admins can specify the amount of days it takes for deactivated users to be automatically deleted from their account.
        
• User features
  • Settings search on the Zoom web portal
    Users can search for any settings on the web portal without having to go to each tab within Settings. This search does not apply settings under the Zoom Phone tab.
  • Schedule meetings with Focus mode in the Zoom web portal
    When scheduling a meeting in the web portal, hosts can enable Focus mode to start automatically when the meeting starts, in order to provide less distractions to all meeting participants.
        

December 19, 2021

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

Changes to existing features

• Restrict call out options for calls to China
  For existing customers, in order to use the Invite by Phone (Call Out) feature for calls to China, the options to Require pressing 1 and Require greeting before being connected are both required and will be performed at call time. Customers can only modify this requirement if this setting is disabled by Zoom.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  
  • Allow hosts to enable focus mode when scheduling meetings
    Account owners and admins can allow hosts to enable focus mode when scheduling meetings. This option is available at the account, group, and user levels.
  • Disable broadcast message from host to breakout rooms
    Account owners and admins can disable the ability for meeting hosts to broadcast messages to all breakout room participants. This feature requires client version 5.9.0 or higher.
  • Restrict call out options for all calls
    For new customers, in order to use the Invite by Phone (Call Out) feature, the options to Require pressing 1 and Require greeting before being connected are both required and will be performed at call time. Customers can only modify this requirement if this setting is disabled by Zoom.
  • Enhancements to role management
    Admins can manage the dashboard, reports, and cloud recordings for meetings and webinars at a group level by defining a custom scope in Role Management. This prevents admins from viewing dashboard, report, and cloud recording data for other groups that they don’t need access to. Users under User Management can also be managed at a group level with this enhancement. This feature will not be immediately available as it is dependent on a backend server update currently scheduled for December 24, 2021.
  • CSV file import for user groups
    Account owners and admins can upload a CSV file to import a group of users. They will have the option to manage users by adding, changing, updating, or deleting user group information when editing users through CSV upload.
  • Enhancements to Advanced Search in User Management
    Account owners and admins can apply a filter in Advanced Search to isolate which users have specific license add-ons.
  • Enhancements to the Version by Client Chart
    There are several enhancements to improve the experience of the Version by Client chart so that the most recent version for each platform is kept. Account owners and admin can filter by all client versions, not just the top 5.
  • Enhancements to chat history tool
    Account owners and admins can use the chat history tool to view the name (but not the content) of any files, images, animated GIFs, audio messages, and code snippets sent and received by internal users and their external Zoom Chat participants. Additionally, they will now see reaction emojis in chat history.
  • Timestamp in Q&A report
    For generated Q&A reports, account owners and admins can view the timestamp when participants asked and answered questions.
  • Direct App Marketplace link in Video SDK accounts’ web portals
    When account owners of Video SDK accounts click the App Marketplace link under Advanced, they will open App Marketplace and will be automatically signed in with their Zoom account's credentials.
  • Archive breakout room content
    Account owners and admins can archive all content in breakout rooms. Archiving for breakout rooms must be enabled by Zoom to use this feature.
        

• User features

  • Calendar integrations privacy settings
    When assigning scheduling privileges to other users in the Zoom web portal, account owners and admins can choose if these users can manage their meetings that are marked as private in Outlook or Google Calendar. If the users cannot manage private events, they cannot see the invite link, meeting topic, or attendee list.
  • One-time password requirement for suspicious logins
    Users with a work email login type and who do not have two-factor authentication enabled are required to enter a one-time password when Zoom detects a suspicious login, for example, a login from a different country or device than usual, among other factors.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where updating specific phone numbers using SCIM API would overwrite all existing numbers for a user
• Resolved an issue where Video SDK accounts could not enable the co-host feature
• Resolved an issue where meetings with registration changes to the contact email were not taking effect
• Resolved an issue where hosts were unable to add an occurrence to a recurring meeting
• Resolved an issue where some answers were misaligned for unrequired poll questions
• Resolved an issue where existing managed users were unable to add their work email

The following features have been pulled from release due to issues with deployment and will be available in another upcoming release:

• Settings search on the Zoom web portal
• Enhanced authentication options for webinar panelists
• Automatically delete deactivated users after a set amount of time
• Schedule meetings with Focus mode in the Zoom web portal
• Create, remove, and rename breakout rooms after launch

December 5, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where hosts could not start a recurring webinar that was edited several times

November 28, 2021

New and enhanced features

• Device management feature
  • Zoom desktop and mobile clients management
    Account owners and admins can remotely manage their Windows, macOS, Linux, iOS and Android devices and Zoom clients. They have the ability to create groups to enroll devices in Zoom Device Management (ZDM), remove devices from a group, assign policies to device groups from the web portal, control parameters of relevant policies, view clients within a group, and create new groups or delete existing groups. This feature requires version 5.7.6 or higher, and must be enabled by Zoom.
        

Resolved issues

• • Minor bug fixes
        

November 21, 2021

View the daily release page for links to related support articles

Changes to existing features

• Confirm changes to email address through original email
  When changing a sign-in email address, a confirmation email will be sent to the old sign-in email address, where the user must approve or deny the change before proceeding. If the user is unable to access their original email address, they must contact Zoom Support to initiate the email change.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Personal Audio Conference enabled by default
    Accounts with Personal Audio Conference can be configured to have PAC activated for users by default, allowing users to immediately access the Personal Audio Conference page without an additional step. In order to automatically activate PAC, admins need to enable PAC and lock the setting.
  • Delete reports from queue
    Account owners and admins can delete reports they have access to that have been queued for download. Users in the account can also delete their own queued reports they have access to.
  • Poll report by first and last name
    Account owners and admins can view the polling report by first and last name. Previously, they could only view the polling report by users’ display name.
  • Enhancements to watermark feature
    Account owners and admins can change watermark settings at the group and user levels. If enabled, users can access their personal settings to edit the watermark in the web portal or disable it. This feature requires client version 5.8.6 or higher.

  • Additional features added for Follow the user in-meeting policy
    Account owners and admins can restrict what in-meeting features users on the account have access to when joining both internal and external meetings. Features can be restricted by the administrator either for external meetings only or all meetings the user joins as required. This feature must be enabled by Zoom for non-enterprise accounts. This feature is supported on desktop clients (Windows, macOS, Linux), mobile apps (iOS, Android), and web client.

    • Meeting, Webinar, and Event polls
    • Meeting, Webinar, and Event surveys
    • Q&A in Webinars
    • Remote Support
          
  • Restrict unmanaged devices from chat features
    Account owners and admins can disable the following features for users on unmanaged devices: Chat, Screen capture, File transfer, Audio messages, and Code snippet. Users on the Zoom desktop client and mobile app are notified when features are disabled on their device. This setting is available at the account and group levels. This feature must be enabled by Zoom.

  • Visibility of Video SDK account settings
    Account owners of Video SDK accounts can view the following account settings in the web portal: Transit Data, Approve or block entry for users from specific countries/regions, Peer to peer connection while only 2 people in a session, DSCP marking.

          
        
• User features
  • Control if chat history is viewable in cloud recording
    Users can choose whether chat history can be viewed in shared cloud recordings they own. This setting is enabled by default and can be changed at the account, group, or user level.
  • Enhancements to cloud recording playback
    Users can play back cloud recordings in the web portal at 1.25 times speed, and use the following keyboard shortcuts when viewing a cloud recording: press the forward and backward arrows to skip 10 seconds in either direction and press spacebar to pause/resume.
  • Enhancement to account invitation process
    When a user is invited to join a paid account, they receive email notices with a clearer explanation of the transfer of account ownership and data sharing that occurs.
  • Join from a SIP/H.323 device with alternative host rights
    When using the Join on your behalf feature, if the user is designated as an Alternative Host for the meeting, the host key will not be required to gain host/co-host rights.
  • Verification for Japanese phone numbers
    When a user adds a Japanese phone number to their user profile, they receive a phone call to verify the phone number they added.
  • Turkish and Polish localization
    Users can view the Zoom web portal in Turkish and Polish. Polish and Turkish users can now see disclaimers posted in their native language when signing into the web portal.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where the Settings Snapshot report did not include new settings
• Resolved an issue where the SAML mapping in IM Management duplicates users rather than moves them
• Resolved an issue where some columns in the webinar registration report were not formatted correctly
• Resolved an issue where the Reports tab under Account Management was hidden from users who have a Zoom Pro subscription through Google Play

November 7, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

October 31, 2021

New and enhanced features

• Follow the user in-meeting policy
  Account owners and admins can restrict what in-meeting features users on the account have access to when joining both internal and external meetings. Features can be restricted by the administrator either for external meetings only or all meetings the user joins as required. This feature must be enabled by Zoom. This feature is supported on desktop clients (Windows, macOS, Linux) and mobile apps (iOS, Android).
  The restriction of the following features is supported:
  • Chat
  • File transfer
  • Screen sharing
  • Annotation
  • Whiteboarding
  • Local recording
  • Closed caption
  • Remote Control
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

October 24, 2021

Changes to existing features

• UI enhancement to reports
  The Telephone report has also been renamed to Audio Conferencing report.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Apply branding settings from parent to selected sub accounts
    Account owners and admins can force individual sub accounts to use the same branding settings (e.g. landing page and email templates) as the parent account. These sub accounts will not be able to change branding settings in their own accounts. Previously, account owners and admins could only apply branding settings to all sub accounts at once.
  • Prevent name changes after joining a meeting
    If display names are mapped with SAML mapping, and participants are not allowed to rename themselves, users will be prevented from changing their display name when joining a meeting. This feature requires client version 5.8.3 or higher. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level.
  • Enhancement to SAML mapping for pronouns
    If pronouns are mapped with SAML mapping, account owners and admins can enable an option to prevent users from updating their pronouns from their profile page.
  • Enhancements to bulk user delete
    Account owners and admins will see more detailed error notifications when they try to delete users and certain users could not be deleted. They will also be able to bulk delete deactivated users by uploading a CSV file.
  • Two-way chat with Waiting Room participants
    Account owners and admins can enable the meeting Host and Co-hosts to chat back-and-forth with participants in the Waiting Room. Waiting Room messages can be sent to all participants in the Waiting Room or just individual participants. Only the host/co-host can see responses from those in the Waiting Room. This feature requires client version 5.8.0 or higher. This setting is disabled by default.
  • Enhancement to recording management
    UI enhancements to the recording management page to make it consistent with the rest of the web portal.
  • Enhancement to Dashboard for meetings and webinars
    When users join a meeting or webinar by phone (Dashboard indicates Phone in the Device column), account owners and admins can see the phone number they dialed from and the associated Zoom dial-in number.
  • Control default watermark setting
    Account owners and admins can control how the watermark setting defaults in an individual users’ scheduling workflow. The admin can set a watermark to default on or off when users schedule a meeting
        
• User features
  • Enhancement to Inactive Hosts report
    If a login was from a browser, the Client Version column of the Inactive Hosts usage report indicates N/A (browser) instead of being left blank.
  • Automatically detect the Windows OS bit version in the Download Center
    When downloading the Zoom client from the Download Center, the download version automatically detects if a user is on a 64-bit or 32-bit machine, and provides them with the appropriate version to install.
  • Enhancements to Trust and Safety form
    The Trust Form has been enhanced to allow users to report instances of fraud or account takeover to Zoom’s Trust & Safety team.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where some users were not able to start polls
• Resolved an issue where symbols were displaying instead of text in the Billing page
• Resolved an issue where the webinar attendee report displayed registration data when the associated webinar had registration disabled

October 10, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

October 7, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

September 26, 2021

Changes to existing features

• UI change for network profiles
  The network profiles settings have moved to Device Management > System Config from Room Management > Zoom Rooms > Device Management. Account owners can create network profiles to manage the network of their Zoom Room devices.

        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

September 18, 2021

Changes to existing features

• UI enhancement to linked accounts settings
  Link accounts settings have been moved to the Account Profile page. Users require the Account Profile privilege in role management to access linked accounts settings.
• Enhancement to Trust and Safety and Security communications settings
  Admins and custom roles with the Account Settings privilege can view and edit the email recipients that receive Trust and Safety and Security communications. Previously, only account owners could view and edit these settings.
• Enhancements account ownership transfer process
  When an account admin requests to become the account owner, the owner has 168 hours (7 days) to respond. During the 7-day period, Zoom sends emails daily to the account owner for approval (until the account owner responds). If the owner does not respond to any of the emails within the 7-days period, then the admin becomes the account owner. Previously, account owners had 72 hours to respond, before the admin automatically became the account owner.
• UI enhancements to SIP/H.323 page
  The SIP/H.323 Room Connector page has moved from the Advanced to Room Management section. The H.323/SIP room connector privilege has also moved to the Zoom Rooms Management section of the role management page.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Education institution status reporting
    New and existing users will be provided with options to specify if they provide educational services to children. This process may also include new consent notifications for existing users.
  • Bulk delete, unlink, or deactivate users
    Account owners and admins can delete, unlink, or deactivate users in bulk by uploading a CSV file or selecting users in the user management page. This feature requires the Bulk delete, unlink, and deactivate privilege in role management. The privilege is disabled by default for admins; and enabled by default for account owners.
  • Notifications when SSO is enabled
    When an account owner or admin enables SSO, they receive a notification that recommends disabling other sign-in methods for security purposes. Account owners and admins can choose whether to disable other sign-in methods or allow users to sign in with different methods in Security settings.
  • Links preview support for advanced chat encryption
    If advanced chat encryption is enabled, account owners and admins can enable link previews for users. When enabled, link previews will be shown to users who send or receive chat messages with links. The local application will detect the link in the sender's message before it is encrypted, and the preview will be shared between the sender and recipient. Only URLs are detected by this link preview feature and they must match http:// or https:// followed by a non-empty space. This feature is disabled by default; and can be changed at the account level.
  • Disable join before host for external users
    Account owners and admins can disable the ability for external users to join the meeting before the host. This feature needs to be enabled by Zoom.
  • UI enhancement to recording transcript search
    The feature to globally search recording transcripts has moved to its own search bar in the recording management page for admins and users. Previously, they had to select Transcript in the search bar drop-down menu to use this feature.
  • Stop incoming video
    Users in a meeting can easily disable all incoming videos. This may be done to preserve bandwidth for shared content, or to avoid mental fatigue from viewing multiple, active video participants. The account owner and admins can enable this for use in meetings at the Account-, Group-, and User-level web settings. This feature requires client version 5.8.0 or higher.
  • Enhancements to CRC Dashboard
    Account owners and admins can view the connection, provision, SIP, and meeting status of SIP/H.323 devices managed with the enhanced Zoom API Connector in the account.
        
• User features
  • Registration cap for meetings
    Hosts can restrict the number of registrations for meetings. After the registration limit is reached, no one will be able to register for the meeting. Previously, this setting was only available for webinars.
  • Poll access for alternative hosts
    If meeting hosts add alternative hosts to their meeting, they can enable a setting to allow alternative hosts to add or edit polls. This feature requires client version 5.8.0 or higher.
  • Enhancements to Trust and Safety form
    The Trust & Safety form has been enhanced for an improved reporting experience. Additionally, users can report other instances of abuse which may have taken place outside of a Zoom meeting, webinar, or event setting.
  • In-meeting emoji support for non-signed-in users
    If the meeting reactions setting is enabled, users who are not signed in and join a paid account’s meeting can use emojis during in-meeting chat or reactions.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where the webinar confirmation email had incorrect spacing
• Resolved an issue where search results in the Dashboard were not being displayed when moving through the search result pages

September 3, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where some participants were not able to join breakout rooms

August 29, 2021

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Assign labels to phone numbers
    Account owners and admins can assign labels (Mobile, Home, Office, Fax) to users’ phone numbers through SAML mapping, SCIM, or CSV import. Users can also edit their profile to add up to 3 phone numbers and set phone number labels.
        
• Device management features
  • Automatically update app
    Account owners and admins can automatically update the apps of devices not in use by setting up a time range.
  • Automatically update OS/firmware
    Account owners and admins can automatically update the OS/Firmware of devices not in use by setting up a time range.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Security enhancements
• Resolved an issue where the word “The” appeared before country names in registration and audio conference settings pages
• Resolved an issue for Neat Zoom Room Controllers being duplicated in the Zoom web portal after an upgrade

August 15, 2021

Changes to existing features

• Custom archiving retention period for users
  Account owners and admins can set a custom archiving retention period for users ranging from 1 to 30 days. Previously, the archiving retention period was 7 days and couldn’t be changed.
• Change to recording consent disclaimer customization
  Account owners and admins can add additional body text and a link after the standard recording consent disclaimer text, but can’t change the default text or title. Any previous customization to the title will be deleted, and any previous customization to the description will be migrated to the additional body text section.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • New Admin Experience
    Starting August 22, 2021, new customers will automatically be using the New Admin Experience. The New Admin Experience allows you to manage your account settings, groups, group settings, and contacts conveniently from one place.
  • Automatically end meeting when SIP/H.323 with host key leaves meeting
    Account owners and admins can enable a setting that will automatically end SIP/H.323 meetings when the SIP/H.323 device with a host key leaves the meeting.
  • Authentication exception for single instance of recurring meeting
    If only authenticated users are allowed to join the meeting, account owners and admins can allow authentication exceptions for a single instance of a recurring meeting to allow guests to join the meeting.
  • Categories added to Operation Logs
    Channels and Contacts were added as searchable categories in Operations Logs.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where webinar registrants who were registered via API and were trying to view on-demand webinars were sent an email invitation to join the webinar instead of a link to the cloud recording
• Resolved an issue for Japanese-speaking users regarding incorrect text appearing when they enabled registration notifications for a registered meeting
• Resolved an issue where the webinar attendee report was missing values in the Source Name column

August 9, 2021

New and enhanced features

• Focus Mode
  In focus mode, only the host can see participants’ videos and profile pictures. You can start Focus Mode from the “More” menu on the toolbar of the desktop client. This setting is available at the account-, group-, and user-level settings pages. This requires the desktop client for Windows or macOS version 5.7.3 or higher.

August 2, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue regarding the default selection for the setting that determines who participants can chat with in a meeting. The default setting has been reverted back to allow participants to chat with Everyone and anyone directly.

August 1, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

July 25, 2021

Changes to existing features

• UI enhancement for Pronouns feature
  When users add pronouns to their profile, the setting to share in a meeting or webinar no longer defaults to Ask me every time. Users must choose a selection for this setting before they can save their profile changes. There is no change for users who have already set their pronouns. If account owners or admins map pronouns via SSO, then the default is still Ask me every time after joining meetings and webinars.

New and enhanced features

• Device management features
  • Export managed devices
    Account owners and admins can export a list of their managed devices in a CSV file.
  • Hardware as a Service (HaaS) filter
    Account owners and admins with HaaS devices can filter those devices in the device list.
  • Device status filter
    Account owners and admins can filter the managed devices list by using the status filter to show online or offline devices.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where Zoom Room reports on the Dashboard were inaccurate
• Resolved an issue where operation logs weren’t loading promptly
• Resolved an issue where users were unable to schedule webinars with computer audio only when the toll call setting was disabled

July 21, 2021

• Administrator features
  • Zoom Apps quick launch button
    Account owners and admins can control the visibility of the Zoom Apps button in the Zoom desktop client interface for quick access to productivity tools before, during, or after meetings. This setting is available at the account-, group-, and user-level settings pages, and is enabled by default.
        

July 18, 2021

Changes to existing features

• End of support for Internet Explorer 11
  Microsoft is ending support for Internet Explorer (IE) 11 on August 17, 2021. Based on this date, Zoom is ending support for IE on September 30, 2021. Users can still use Zoom on IE after this date but we will no longer be supporting IE, fixing issues related to IE, or offering any customer support related to IE.
• Registration confirmation email salutation changes for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean names
  For Chinese, Japanese, and Korean names, the meeting and webinar registration confirmation emails will address names by Last Name, First Name instead of First Name, Last Name.
• Change to recording audio prompt notifications for meeting participants
  Account owners and admins for all account types can choose who hears the recording notification audio prompt for meeting participants who join via a Zoom client: All participants, Guests only, or No one. Previously, you could only choose between All participants or Guests only.
• Mute and turn off video for participants joining a meeting with recording in progress
  When a participant joins a meeting that is already being recorded or live streamed, they will automatically have their microphone muted and video off. Once the participant consents to being recorded, their settings will revert back to the default for that user or meeting. This feature requires client version 5.7.3 or higher.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Enhancements to chat history tool
    When using the chat history tool, account owners and admins can delete messages, files, or images for internal users if they have editing permissions for chat history under role management. They can also view the name of the admin that deleted the message depending on their role privileges. The chat history tool will also distinguish internal and external messages. In order to enable these enhancements, please contact Zoom support.
  • Control access to webinar chat
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable webinar chat at the account, group, user, or webinar level. When scheduling a webinar, users can enable or disable webinar chat if it was not locked. Previously, webinar chat could only be controlled using the in-meeting chat setting. This feature needs to be enabled by Zoom. This setting only works properly if the host is on client version 5.7.3 and above.
  • Additional admin settings for in-meeting chat 
    Account owners and admins can specify additional in-meeting chat permissions settings from the admin portal. These settings only work properly if the host is on client version 5.7.3 and above.
  • Post-meeting survey
    Account owners and admins can allow users to create surveys to launch at the end of a meeting. This setting can be enabled or disabled at the account, group, or user level, and can be locked at the account or group level.
  • UI enhancement for telephone settings tab
    The Telephone tab has been renamed Audio Conferencing to avoid confusion with Zoom Phone. This change applies to account, group, and user settings.
  • Permit guest users to join Personal Audio Conference (PAC) “join by phone” without a sign-in requirement
    If account owners or admins disable the option to only allow authenticated users to join meetings, external users or users not signed in can click the invite to join the meeting by dialing in or using call me. Previously, users were required to sign in..
  • Granular client version data in dashboard
    Account owners and admins can drill in to view a list of specific users with the client version installed. They can also download a CSV file containing the data. Previously, they could only view the overall percentage of users on each client version.
  • Additional dashboard session data in Video SDK accounts
    Developers in Video SDK accounts can access and download additional usage and troubleshooting data for sessions in Dashboard.
  • SAML mapping for Concurrent Meeting license
    If they have purchased Concurrent Meeting licenses, Account owners and admins with SSO configured can assign Concurrent Meeting licenses as an attribute using SAML mapping.
  • Email recipients for Zoom Trust and Safety and Security communications
    Account owners can assign other users to receive email communications from Zoom’s Trust and Safety and Security teams. By default, account owners and admins are selected to receive the communications, but admins can be removed from the list. Account owners will always receive these communications.
  • Enable group manipulation while using Information Barriers
    Account owners and admins can enable manual group manipulation while using Information Barriers. This feature is only available at the account level.
        
• User features
  • Expiration time for confirming Zoom Trust and Safety reports
    After submitting a report to Trust and Safety via the client, users will have 7 days to confirm the report in the web portal. Reports to Trust and Safety that are not confirmed within 7 days will expire.
  • Post-meeting survey
    Meeting hosts can create a survey to launch at the end of a meeting. Meeting participants will be prompted with the survey once the meeting ends. This setting can be enabled or disabled at the account, group, or user level, and can be locked at the account or group level.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where the lastName variable was not working in the webinar registration email template
• Resolved an issue where webinar reminder emails were not sending from the correct email address

July 11, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

July 7, 2021

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Active Apps Notifier Report
    Available in the App Marketplace for the account owner and admins, this report provides a preview of apps that have accessed account users’ meeting content from the past 30 days. This allows admins to preview the list before the Active Apps Notifier is available again, gives them time to review installed apps, remove unnecessary or unwanted apps that can access their data, and inform their users of what to expect in their meetings.
        

July 2, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

July 1, 2021

New and enhanced features

• IM Dashboard enhancements
  Zoom will be introducing a newly re-designed IM Dashboard, our reporting tool that allows account administrators and owners to view account-usage metrics for Zoom Chat, our group messaging product. The new Dashboard results will be based on more complete usage metrics for increased accuracy and granularity, along with an updated Dashboard interface.

June 28, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users where they were unable to import and save pre-assigned Breakout Room CSV files if the meeting was created through an API

June 27, 2021

New and enhanced features

• Device management features
  • Hot desking status
    Account owners and admins can see the hot desking status in the device list. For example, if the device is signed in, the status will show the display name of the user.
  • Device list enhancements
    Account owners and admins can filter the device list by Personal Zoom Room or Zoom Phone appliance, see users signed in, sign out users, and remove devices.
  • Device operation time
    Account owners and admins can set the device operation time so that devices are in power saving mode after business hours.
  • Zoom Room Windows client upgrade to 64 bit
    Account owners and admins can upgrade their Windows Zoom Rooms and Zoom Room controller clients from Windows 32-bit to 64-bit by contacting Zoom support. 
  • Disallow users to sign-in to unmanaged Zoom Phone appliances
    Account owners and admins can disallow users from signing in to Zoom from unmanaged Zoom Phone appliances by changing the setting, Allow users to sign-in to unmanaged Zoom Phone Appliances. This is enabled by default.
        

June 25, 2021

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where anonymous meeting polling was enabled by default

June 23, 2021

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where the webinar registration confirmation email was not available in Japanese
• Resolved an issue where pre-assigned breakout rooms specified in the web portal were not displaying during the meeting

June 20, 2021

Changes to existing features

• Increased reporting range for Inactive Hosts report
  Account owners and admins can export up to 6 months duration for the Inactive Hosts report.
• Changes to meeting/webinar registration (Beta)
  For meetings and webinars with registration, join info will be sent to a registrant's email rather than being displayed on the registration page itself. To join the meeting or webinar, users are required to either join through the link in their email or sign in to their account. This feature needs to be enabled by Zoom.
• Changes to webinar confirmation and reminder emails
  For Pro accounts, webinar confirmation and reminder emails are sent from Zoom, and the From field cannot be modified.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Disable webinar tracking pixel
    Account owners and admins can disable the tracking pixel feature for webinars. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level; and can be locked at the account or group level.
  • Lock webinar topic
    Account owners and admins can enable a setting to force all webinars to use “Zoom Webinars” as the webinar topic. This setting is only available at the account level.
  • Webinar file sharing
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable webinar hosts or panelists to share files in a webinar. They can also allow specific file types and set a maximum limit for files.
  • Custom filters
    Account admins can upload custom frame or foreground stickers for users on their account to use. Images must be in either PNG or JPG file format and can be up to 1 MB in size. Users can select these filters in the desktop client.
  • Enhancements to custom disclaimer
    If account owners or admins set up a custom disclaimer, users will be shown disclaimers each time they choose to update a disclaimer and then at the specified frequency. Previously, disclaimers were only shown at the specified frequency and not when updated.
  • Information Barrier enhancements
    Breakout Rooms can be used when the Information Barrier feature is enabled, allowing use of breakout sessions while preventing unauthorized sensitive data from being shared. In addition, for accounts with the New Admin Experience enabled, Information Barriers from the user’s primary group will apply.
  • Enable group manipulation while using Information Barriers
    Account owners and admins can submit a request to Zoom Support to enable manual group manipulation while using Information Barriers.
  • Archiving gateway and storage location
    Account owners and admins can choose where they want temporary and processing files to be stored, as well as final content to be stored. The current available options are US and EU.
  • Archiving failure handling
    Account owners and admins can choose whether to start meetings when archiving gateways are not available, and whether to disconnect users or end meetings when archiving gateway fails during a meeting.
  • Display meeting ID type in email template
    Account owners and admins can customize the meeting invite email template to display if a meeting ID is a personal meeting ID or auto-generated meeting ID.
  • Authentication profile enhancement: Domain block-list
    Account owners and admins can block users authenticated with a specific domain from joining meetings and webinars hosted by this account. This setting is available at the account, group, and user levels; and can be locked at the account or group level.
  • Automatically remove vanity URLs after downgrading
    Vanity URLs will be automatically removed when an account owner or admin downgrades their account to Pro or below. They will receive an email notification 30 days before the vanity URL is removed.
  • Hide full transcript panel
    Account owners, admins, and users can hide the side-panel that displays the full transcript of Closed Captioning or Live Transcription. Captioning is only visible in the video window of the meeting or webinar. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level; and can be locked at the account or group level.
  • Scheduling privilege and alternative host between linked master/sub accounts in an organization
    Account owners and admins can enable an account-level setting to allow users to add alternative hosts and assign scheduling privileges to other users who are in the same organization. This includes users in sub-accounts and the master account. Account owners and admins must link the master/sub account in IM settings to see this account-level setting.
  • Support for gender pronouns
    Users can choose to add their pronouns to their user profile. The Pronouns field in the user profile is enabled by default for free Basic accounts and accounts with a single licensed user, and disabled by default for all other users and account types. Admins on those account types must enable the Pronouns feature in their account settings. Pronoun information is seen as part of a user’s contact card, and users can choose if they want this information shared as part of their display name in meetings and webinars. Users can add their gender pronouns to their profile themselves, or admins can do so through SAML mapping. This feature requires client version 5.7.0 or higher.
  • Cloud storage IM setting at the group level
    Account owners and admins can customize the cloud storage IM setting at the group level. This includes data storage retention periods.
  • Channel management support for Advanced Chat Encryption
    Account owners and admins can view, create, and manage channels using the web portal. They can assign and remove individual users and IM Groups to channels, as well as use IdP attributes to assign individual users and groups to channels. They can also use the role management feature to assign channel management permissions to other users. This feature is now available if the Advanced Chat Encryption setting is enabled.
  • Number of meetings initiated by chat
    Account owners and admins can see the number of meetings initiated by chat in the daily usage report.
        
• User features
  • Increased number of biographies for webinars
    Webinar hosts can create up to 10 speaker biographies for the webinar registration page.
  • Zoom Trust and Safety appeals form
    Users who receive notice that Zoom has taken adverse action against their account due to a violation of Zoom’s Terms of Service or Acceptable Use Guidelines can submit an appeal request to the Zoom Trust and Safety team.
  • Archiving failure handling
    Users receive a notification when archiving resources aren’t available or fail. Users may get dropped from those meetings according to the admin preference.
        
• Developer features
  • Developer access to Dashboard session data in Video SDK accounts
    Developers in Video SDK accounts can access and download usage and troubleshooting data for sessions in Dashboard.
        

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where a subset of users were seeing incorrect pricing when trying to purchase additional licenses
• Resolved an issue for a subset of users where participants’ names were visible on the Usage and Registration reports, but showed up as guests on the Polling report
• Resolved an issue where the ICS calendar file for a recurring webinar created a new calendar in Outlook instead of adding the event to the existing calendar
• Resolved an issue where the Billing page was not formatted correctly in French
• Minor bug fixes

June 12, 2021

New and enhanced features

• Marketplace features
  
  • Enhanced App Permissions details
    Viewing the App Permissions section of a Marketplace app provides more details regarding what type of data the app will have access to when installed and used.
        

June 8, 2021

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where the Manager field on a user’s profile in the web portal displayed a user ID instead of the manager’s name when synced through SAML mapping

June 6, 2021

New and enhanced features

• Unified Device Management
  Account owners and admins can deploy, manage, and maintain Zoom Rooms Devices and Zoom Phone Appliances in the new Device Management module. They can view high level device metrics, enroll new devices, manage updates, configure network settings, and view or manage devices.

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

May 30, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

May 26, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes
• Resolved an issue where users were unable to access shared cloud recordings
• Resolved an issue where a subset of users were unable to access Dashboard data for webinars

May 24, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

May 23, 2021

Changes to existing features

• Changes to recording consent settings
  The default recording consent settings have changed based on account type.
  • For Basic, Pro, Business with less than 100 licenses, and Free Trial accounts, the recording consent dialog box and audio prompt is now required for all participants in meetings hosted by these accounts.
  • For Enterprise, API, Education, Business with 100+ licenses, the recording consent dialog box and audio prompt is now required for all guest participants. Admins can disable this setting for internal users. If the account previously had this setting enabled, it will remain enabled for all users.
  • Additionally the recording notification settings will be consolidated. The existing account settings will be migrated. Depending on the user settings they will see a change in recording notification behavior based on the above changes
        
• Privacy enhancements
  The following information will no longer be visible to IT administrators for participants external to their organization:
  • Local IP address
  • Version
  • Data center role
        
• Enhancement to audio type in Dashboard
  IT administrators can view No Audio Connection as a new connection type in the Usage by Audio Type report in Dashboard.
• Assign admin before channel creation
  When creating channels through advanced SAML mapping, account owners and admins are required to assign channel admins. Previously, channel admins were chosen at random when creating channels through advanced SAML mapping.
• Select Mexico data center for meetings/webinars
  Mexico is listed as a data center option that can be enabled or disabled for hosting real-time meeting and webinar traffic. You can opt in or opt out of using this data center before June 26, 2021. If you do not turn on the option to customize your data center options by June 26, 2021, the Mexico data center will be selected by default. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level; and can be locked for the account or a group.
• UI enhancements to profile page
  Several UI enhancements to the profile page to better organize sections. This also includes the renaming of the License Type section to License.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Require users to have Virtual Background
    Account owners and admins can enable an account or group level setting to require users to have a Virtual Background when their video is on. If the device does not meet the system requirements for virtual background, the user will not be able to turn on their video. This feature requires client version 5.6.6 or higher.
  • Remove default Virtual Backgrounds
    Account owners and admins can remove default Zoom Virtual Backgrounds at the account level, while still maintaining the ability to upload and restrict users to company-approved Virtual Backgrounds.
  • Recording Highlights
    Admins and hosts can enable Recording Highlights. The audio transcript of a cloud recording is analyzed and the important segments are highlighted. Hosts can modify highlighted sections and generate a separate video clip of these sections. Viewers of the recording will see the highlighted sections. Cloud recording and audio transcription are required to be enabled to use this feature.
  • Disable closed caption file in cloud recording
    Account owners, admins, and users can disable closed captions from being saved as a VTT file that is accessible by users in the cloud recording detail page. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level; and can be locked at the account or group level.
  • Enhancements to archiving meetings
    Account owners and admins can disable Direct Messages Archiving.
    They can also elect to add a participant unique identifier to in-meeting chat archiving file
  • Allow users to chat with or add specific external users as contacts
    In IM Settings, account owners and admins can specify external users that their users can add as contacts or chat with. Account owners and admins can add up to 1000 individual external users to the Allow users to chat with others and Allow users to add contacts settings.
  • Meeting quality score and network alerts on Dashboard
    Account owners and admins monitor the quality score of meetings and break down metrics by participant. The quality score of meetings is based on the mean opinion score (MOS) which ranges from 1 to 5 for a meeting’s quality between bad to good. Network alerts and quality score for audio, video and screen share will be displayed on the Meetings and Webinar dashboard.
  • Customize links for Terms of Service and Privacy Policy
    Account owners and admins can customize the links for their Terms of Service and Privacy Policy. These links are displayed on all meeting, webinar, and recording registration pages.
  • Webinar email template variable for first and last name
    There are separate variables for specifying registrants’ first and last name in the webinar email template. Previously, there was only one variable that included registrants’ full name.
        
• User features
  • Enhanced data privacy notices
    In-context user education for various features, such as updating profile information, meeting and webinar registration, and cloud recordings with registration required, that informs users who can see, save, and share the information before they provide it.
  • Cancel reports accidentally submitted to Zoom Trust and Safety
    When a user reports a participant either in-meeting or through OnZoom, and is required to confirm the report, they can choose to cancel the report if it was submitted in error. The reporter can cancel reports accidentally submitted to Zoom Trust and Safety in two places: in the email received to confirm their report or in the Zoom web portal under Reported Participants (https://zoom.us/account/report/reportedparticipants).
        

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where admins enabled the option, Allow users with the same domain to sign up for Zoom, but users that signed up using an email address with the associated domain did not receive an activation email to complete the sign-up process
• Resolved an issue where admins were able to select Allow users with the same domain to sign up for Zoom after enabling the setting to force users to sign in with SSO
• Resolved an issue where the incorrect client version was shown in exported CSV reports
• Resolved an issue where the follow-up webinar email was sent to attendees when this feature was disabled
• Minor bug fixes

May 9, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

May 2, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

April 25, 2021

Changes to existing features

• Update to meeting archiving
  Removed the option for account owners and admins to determine if direct in-meeting messages are archived. We’ve identified issues with the functionality and plan to fix and release in the near future

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Immersive View
    Recreate the feel of your classroom, conference room or choose from several other scene options, by placing video participants onto a single virtual background. Participants are automatically placed onto provided scenes, but the host can upload their own custom background and adjust the arrangements as needed. This requires client version 5.6.3 or higher. This will be enabled by default for Free and single Pro users, and disabled for all other users and account types.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

April 18, 2021

Changes to existing features

• Enhancement to associated domains settings 
  Account owners and admins with an associated domain can enable the option, Allow users with the same domain to sign up for Zoom. If this is enabled, users can sign up for a Zoom account using an email address with the associated domain. For example, if the associated domain is mydomain.com, they can sign up using name@mydomain.com. These users will receive an email with options to consolidate into the managing account or sign up with a different email. This setting is disabled by default and requires the Manage users with the same domain option to be enabled.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Enhancement to meeting archiving
    Account owners and admins can determine if direct in-meeting messages are archived.
  • Control use of third-party closed captioning services
    If closed captioning is enabled, account owners and admins can enable or disable the ability to use the caption API Token to integrate with third-party closed captioning services. 
  • Allow all or selected emojis for meeting reactions
    If the meeting reactions feature is enabled, account owners and admins can allow meeting participants to use all emojis or a predefined set of 6 emojis. This feature requires client version 5.6.3 or higher.
  • Enhancements to cloud recording reports
    For Master Accounts that are either Resellers or Distributors, account owners and admins can increase the reporting range up to 1 year and generate reports for multiple sub-accounts.
  • Add managers to employees’ user profiles
    Account owners and admins can add the names of managers to employees’ user profiles manually or using SSO SAML Mapping. This information syncs to the user’s contact card on the Zoom desktop client. The SSO SAML mapping functionality needs to be enabled by Zoom.
        
• User features
  • Enhanced data privacy notice
    In-context user education for various features, such as viewing a cloud recording, informs the user who can see, save, and share the information before they provide it.
  • UI enhancement for webinar practice session
    Webinar hosts that enable the practice session will see a Start Practice Session button when viewing their webinar details instead of a Start Webinar button.
        
• Web client
  • Enhanced data privacy notices
    In-context user education for various features, such as polling, Q&A, chat, whiteboard, closed captioning, and others, informs the user who can see, save, and share the information before they provide it.
        
• Integration features
  • Additional attributes for SCIM API
    Managers and additional phone numbers can now be used as attributes with SCIM mapping. The ability to add managers needs to be enabled by Zoom.
        

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where users could sign up outside of the account and use it a handful of times, even if an admin enabled the associated domains setting, Manage users with the same domain
• Resolved an issue where users could not create meeting passcodes that contained consecutive characters (“11111”, “12345”) and were numeric only
• Resolved an issue where accounts could still view and join meetings even after their scheduling privileges and licenses were removed
• Resolved an issue where users could not select a date when creating or editing meetings.
• Resolved an issue where users with the SSO login method received emails notifying them that their passwords were expiring
• Resolved an issue where the incorrect report was downloaded when users selected to download the client version report in the Dashboard
• Resolved an issue where users viewing trimmed cloud recordings on iPad would see the full recording instead of the trimmed recording
• Resolved an issue where the exported breakout room report displayed breakout rooms that were not selected to be exported
• Minor bug fixes

April 11, 2021

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • View VDI client and plugin versions in the Dashboard
    Account owners and admins can use the Dashboard to view the percentage of users on a VDI client or plugin version. They can also view a list of users with the VDI client and plugin versions installed.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

March 21, 2021

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Channel management
    Account owners and admins can view, create, and manage channels using the web portal. They can assign and remove individual users and IM Groups to channels, as well as use IdP attributes to assign individual users and groups to channels. They can also use the role management feature to assign channel management permissions to other users. This feature will not be available if the Advanced Chat Encryption setting is enabled. While not required, we strongly encourage our account owners and admins to upgrade their end users to client version 5.5.0 or above to ensure accurate channel notifications and avoid compatibility issues.
  • Enhancements to information barriers
    Information barriers help account owners and admins control user communications and meet compliance requirements of certain regulated industries. For example, they can restrict users in group A from meeting or chatting with users in group B. Similarly, they can restrict users from using certain meeting functions (such as in-meeting chat, screen share and file transfer). These controls help preserve confidential information from being exchanged between unauthorized users. This feature needs to be enabled by Zoom.
  • Allow authentication exceptions
    If only authenticated users are allowed to join the meeting, account owners and admins can allow authentication exceptions to allow guests to join meetings. For example, if a school authenticates meeting participants against their school IDP, they can create an exception to allow a guest lecturer to join the meeting. This feature can be enabled at account or group level.
  • Enhancement to authentication profiles for meetings and webinar
    Account owners or admins set up an authentication profile for signed-in users in the account.
  • Enhancement to user visibility when assigning users
    When users assign alternative hosts to meetings/webinars, pre-assign participants to breakout rooms, or assign panelists to webinars in the web portal, users can search their visible contacts determined by your IM settings.
  • Enhancements to audio reports
    Account owners and admins can view previously-generated audio reports and access more options to customize the criteria in the report. They can also increase the reporting range up to 1 year and generate reports for multiple sub-accounts.
  • Place participants in waiting room if host is not in meeting
    Account owners and admins can enable an account-level security setting to place participants in the waiting room if the host/co-hosts are not present or if they lose internet connection during a meeting. Previously, this feature had to be enabled by Zoom.
  • Assign multiple phone numbers
    Account owners and admins can assign multiple phone numbers to users through SAML mapping or CSV import. Users can also edit their profile to set multiple phone numbers.
  • Enhancement to vanity URL process
    When setting up a new account, account owners and admins can choose from pre-filled vanity URLs that are based on the account information.
  • Third-party session IDs in dashboard
    Account owners and admins can view the relevant session IDs for third-party platforms when using the meeting dashboard.
  • Quality metrics in the dashboard
    Account owners and admins monitor quality of service in the dashboard. They can also set their own threshold settings for proactive alerts and call quality metrics for meetings.
        
• User feature
  
  • View your submitted abuse reports
    Users can view the reports they have submitted.
  • Manage email invitation for language interpretation
    If hosts invited interpreters, they can resend and/or copy the invitation email if the interpreter requests it.
        
• Web client
  • UI enhancement for raise hand button in webinars
    The color of the raise hand button has changed from yellow to grey.
        

Resolved issues

• Fixed an issue where users could not update and verify their email address
• Fixed an issue where generating the active hosts CSV report was not structured correctly
• Fixed an issue where webinar registration emails were not sent when registration is manually approved
• Fixed an issue where the inactive hosts report didn’t follow the 1-month duration
• Fixed an issue where participants were auto-approve for on-demand webinars with manual registration
• Fixed an issue where some users could not schedule meetings
• Fixed an issue where some users were prompted to merge their account
• Fixed an issue where webinar participants received cancellation emails when the host sent registration emails
• Fixed an issue with the LTI Pro integration where hosts set up tracking fields but the tracking fields are hidden in the meeting details page
• Fixed an issue where Google profile pictures were not syncing to Zoom for users signed in with Google
• Fixed an issue where admins updating IM group settings were incorrectly prompted to fix conflicting settings
• Fixed an issue where vanity URLs could not be approved because they belonged to deleted account

February 28, 2021

Note: The enhancement to device testing has been delayed.

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

February 21, 2021

New and enhanced features

• Zoom SSO certificate rotation
  In keeping up with standard industry practices, Zoom is retiring its current single sign-on (SSO) certificate ahead of its expiration on Friday, March 26. To avoid service disruption, we will publish a new SSO certificate beginning the week of Monday, February 22. No action is required for accounts using an identity provider (IDP) and/or configuration which supports dynamic metadata refresh, as the account’s IDP will automatically download the latest Zoom certificate and rotate it into the account’s configuration. For accounts with automatic rotation disabled or their IDP does not support automatic certificate rotation, admins can begin the certificate rotation process by selecting the new certificate in the Zoom web portal (Admin > Advanced > Single Sign On settings).

Resolved issues

• Fixed an issue where users were unable to change their display name in their profile
• Fixed an issue where alternative hosts were automatically removed from recurring meetings that didn’t have a fixed time
• Fixed an issue where users were unable to paste several email addresses to specify alternative hosts
• Minor bug fixes

February 11, 2021

Resolved issues

• Enhancements to login flow for users with multiple authentication methods

January 31, 2021

Changes to existing features

• Enhancement to alternative host feature
  If the original host joins after the alternative host, the original host will always regain control of the meeting and become host. In addition, the alternative host will change roles. If the co-host feature is enabled for the meeting, the alternative host will become a co-host. If the co-host feature is disabled, the alternative host becomes a normal participant.
• UI change for data center regions
  The setting to customize data center regions has moved to the following locations:
  • Account-level setting: Account Profile page
  • Group-level setting: Profile tab.
  • User-level setting: Profile page.
        
• UI change for device management permission
  The Zoom Device Management permission for user roles has been renamed to Device Management and appears in its own category instead of the Zoom Rooms category.
• Privacy enhancements
  The following information will no longer be visible to IT administrators for participants external to their organization. In this release, CRC ports are not able to be verified as part of a specific organization.
  • MAC address
  • Camera (example: “Integrated Camera”)
  • Device (example: “Windows”)
  • Domain
  • Hard Disk ID
  • Microphone (example: “External Microphone”)
  • Speaker (example: “External Headphones”)
        

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Communications Content storage location
    Account owners and admins can determine where users' Communications Content is stored. This includes: meetings, webinars & phone recordings; meetings & webinar recording transcripts and voicemail transcripts; custom greeting prompts. They can also assign a Communications Content storage location as an attribute using SAML mapping.
    
  • Enhancements to SSO certificate management
    Account owners can enable a setting to automatically manage the SSO certificate. Zoom will automatically change the certificate when a new one is available at a future date. Admins can also roll back to a previous certificate. This setting is enabled by default.
  • Enhancements to SAML response log search
    Account owners and admins can search the SAML response log by using a partial name search. Searches are also case insensitive. Previously, they could only search by entering a full email address, and searches were case sensitive.
  • Enhancement to data center regions and allow/block countries settings
    When customizing the data center regions or allowing/blocking users from specific countries/regions, the web portal will display a warning notification if there’s a conflict between the above two settings and the dial-in countries.
  • Enable or disable webinar live streaming account, group, or user level
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable webinar live streaming at the account, group, or user level. They can lock the setting at the account or group level. Previously, they could only enable or disable live streaming for both meetings and webinars.
  • Archive meetings/webinars (account and group level setting)
    Account owners and admins can enable the In-Meeting Archiving setting in the web portal (in addition to the API currently supported). This setting is available at the account or group level.
  • View passive recording acceptance
    Account owners and admins view the user activity report to view phone dial-in participants that passively accepted the recording disclaimer.
  • Require minimum VDI client version
    The setting to require a minimum client version has a separate drop-down menu to specify a minimum VDI client version for users. Previously, the VDI client required the minimum version set for the Windows client.
        
• User features
  • Search users when adding alternative hosts
    While scheduling meetings or webinars, users can add alternative hosts by searching through internal users instead of manually entering the full email address.
  • Additional settings for meeting/webinar templates and PMI
    The settings to customize data center regions and allow removed participants to rejoin are available in meeting and webinar templates. The setting to customize data center regions is also available for PMI meetings.
  • Track pending participant abuse reports
    After reports for abuse using the client, administrators can view pending reports and add more details.
  • Verify phone number using a phone call
    When adding a phone number to their profile, users can verify their number using an automated phone call instead of an SMS message.
        
• Web client features
  • Join meetings with registration
    Users can join meetings that require registration. Previously, meetings that require registration prompted users to install the desktop client.
        
• Integration features
  • Additional attributes for SCIM API
    Personal Link Name, Cost Center, and Employee Unique ID can be used as attributes with SCIM mapping.
        

Resolved issues

• Fixed an issue where the Employee ID field was not included in the CSV export of users
• Fixed an issue where meetings with registrants incorrectly indicated the number of registrants as 0
• Fixed an issue with IP usage reports where embedded URLs in the Meetings count column were broken
• Fixed an issue where the SSO sign-in option still appears when SSO sign-in is disabled
• Fixed an issue where calendar integration could not be set up with Exchange
• Fixed an issue where admins could not use underscores when entering search terms in the Dashboard for Zoom Rooms
• Fixed an issue where password expiration emails were not sent during the expiration date
• Fixed an issue where alternative hosts receive emails notification even though the setting to notify them when an alternative host is set/removed is disabled
• Fixed an issue where associated domains were not working
• Fixed an issue where webinars with registration required live assistants to register before joining webinar

January 17, 2021

Resolved issues

• Security enhancement

January 9, 2021

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

December 20, 2020

Changes to existing features

• Enhancements to meeting security settings
  Pro accounts and Business accounts with less than 100 licenses must choose one of these settings to secure their meetings: “Only authenticated users can join meetings”, passcode, Waiting Room.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Enhancements to meeting security settings
    Account owners and admins can enable a setting that requires all meetings to be secured with one of the following security options: a passcode, Waiting Room, or “Only authenticated users can join meetings”. If this setting is enabled and no security option is selected by users, Zoom will secure all meetings with Waiting Room. This setting can be enabled or disabled by Enterprise, API, Business (with more than 100 licenses), Education customers.
  • Enhancements to authentication profiles
    Account owners and admins can add external SSO authentication profiles that grant users access to view cloud recordings. Account owners and admins can also create up to 30 authentication profiles.
  • Enable on-demand recording at account, group, or user level
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable on-demand recording at the account, group, or user level. This setting is disabled by default. They can lock the setting at the account or group level.
  • Enable or disable cloud recording sharing
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable cloud recording sharing. If enabled, a sharing link will be generated for cloud recordings. Users who meet the viewing permissions can access the cloud recording through this link. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level and can be locked for the account or a group.
  • View Employee Unique ID in user management
    If users were assigned Employee Unique IDs using SAML mapping, account owners and admins can view users’ ID in the user management page.
  • Identify external users in dashboard and reports
    Account owners and admins can identify if users are external to their Zoom account when viewing these dashboards or meeting reports:
    • Live & Past Meetings on Dashboard
    • Live & Past Webinars on Dashboard
    • Active Host Report
          
  • Cost Center attribute for users
    Account owners and admins can assign a Cost Center as an SSO attribute using SAML mapping. They can display the Cost Center column in the User Management page.
  • Separate settings for webinar polling and surveys
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable polling and surveys for webinars. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level and can be locked for the account or a group. Previously, they could only disable polling for meetings.
  • Webinar Q&A setting at user and group level
    The setting to enable or disable Webinar Q&A is available at the user and group level. Previously, this setting was only available at the account level.
        
• User features
  • Display poll results in cloud recordings
    Account owners and admins can enable a setting to display poll results in cloud recordings. This allows cloud recording viewers to see when poll results were shared in the meeting. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level and can be locked at the account or group level.
  • Convert webinar to meeting
    Users can convert a scheduled webinar to a meeting from the Webinars page in the web portal.
  • Customize cloud recording filename
    Users can customize the filename of their cloud recordings.
  • Watch time metric for cloud recordings
    Users can view the duration of time that attendees viewed the cloud recording. This can be accessed in the recording analytics page for each on-demand recording.
  • Additional metrics in CSV export of recordings
    The CSV export of cloud recordings contains columns for the number of views/downloads and the last watched/downloaded date.
  • Customizable disclaimer in webinar registration form
    Webinar hosts can customize and display a disclaimer that appears at the bottom of the webinar registration form.
        
• Web client
  • Support for polling
    Hosts and co-hosts can launch and edit polls using the web client.
  • Support for Active Speaker View and Gallery View
    Meeting participants can change the video layout to Active Speaker View or Gallery View using the web client.
  • Support for live transcription
    Meeting participants can view live transcription using the web client.
  • Enhanced in-meeting user abuse reporting
    Simplified process for meeting hosts and attendees to report abuse to Zoom.
  • Suspend participant activity
    New option in the Security panel to immediately suspend all participant activities, which will mute all video and audio, stop screen sharing, end all breakout rooms, and pause recording.
  • Claim host
    Participants can claim host using the host key.
        
• Developer features
  • Added APIs that provide metrics on post meeting and webinar feedback.
    • GET /v2/metrics/meetings/{meetingId}/participants/satisfaction
    • GET /v2/metrics/webinars/{webinarId}/participants/satisfaction
          
  • Added billing webhooks.
    • account.plan_subscribed
    • account.plan_added
    • account.plan_updated
    • account.plan_cancele
          
  • Added a new field(event_ts) in all the webhook payloads. This field represents the timestamp of when the associated event occurred.
  • Added a new field(jbh_time) in the Meeting APIs.
    • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
    • GET /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
    • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
          
  • Added support for webinar.registration_created webhook to be triggered when bulk webinar registration is done using a CSV file on the web portal.
  • Added security validation requirement in Create and Update a Meeting APIs. All meetings hosted by users in Pro accounts, Business accounts(with 10-100 licenses) and EDU(K/12 Free) accounts must have either a passcode, waiting room or authentication setting enabled.
    • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
    • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
          
  • Added a new field(question_and_answer) in the Webinar APIs.
    • POST /v2/users/{userId}/webinars
    • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
    • GET /v2/webinars/{webinarId}
          
  • Added a new field(custom_attributes) in the user.updated webhook.
  • Added new fields(phone_number,direct_numbers,extension_number) in Get a User’s Contact Details API.
    • GET /v2/chat/users/me/contacts/{contactId}
          
  • Added a new field(login_type) in Get a User API.
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}
          
  • Added a new field(role_id) in Get a User API and List Users API.
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}
    • GET /v2/users
          
  • Added a new field(tracking_fields) in Meetings Dashboard API.
    • GET /v2/metrics/meetings
          
  • Added a new enum(tracking_fields) for include_fields request parameter in Dashboard API.
    • GET /v2/metrics/meetings
          
  • Added a new field(at_items) in the Send Chat Message API.
    • POST /v2/chat/users/{userId}/messages
          
  • Added a new field(prevent_host_access_recording) in Account, Group and Lock Settings APIs.
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /v2/accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • GET /v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
    • GET /v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
          
  • Added a new field(auto_security) in Account, Group, User and Lock settings APIs.
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /v2/accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • GET /v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
    • GET /v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}/settings
          
  • Added a new query parameter(custom_query_fields) in Account, Group and User Settings APIs.
    • GET v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET v2/accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • GET v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
    • GET v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • GET v2/users/{userId}/settings
          
  • Added a new field(topic) in the Recording Settings API
    • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingId}/recordings/settings
          
  • Added a new response field(plan_united) in Get Plan Usage API.
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/plans/usage
          
  • Added a new field(plan_united_type) in the User APIs.
    • GET /v2/users
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}
    • POST /v2/users
    • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}
          
  • Added a new response fields(polling_id, date_time) in the poll report APIs.
    • GET /v2/report/meetings/{meetingId}/polls
    • GET /v2/report/webinars/{webinarId}/polls
    • GET /v2/past_meetings/{meetingId}/polls
    • GET /v2/past_webinars/{webinarId}/polls
          
  • Added a new validation error message in Delete a User API.
    • DELETE /v2/users/{userId}
      • 300 Unable to unlink API user(s).
            
          
  • Added new validation error messages for plan_united_type in Create and Update a User APIs.
    • POST /v2/users
      • 300 The value provided for plan_united_type parameter is invalid. Try again with a valid value.
      • 2034 Your request to add a new {0} user could not be approved at this time because your account has reached the permitted maximum number of {1} users. Please purchase additional licenses or contact the Zoom support team to provision additional users in your account.
            
    • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}
      • 300 The value provided for plan_united_type parameter is invalid. Try again with a valid value.
      • 2034 Your request to convert the plan type of this user to {0} was not approved at this time because your account has reached the permitted maximum number of {1} users. Please purchase additional licenses or contact the Zoom support team to provision additional users in your account.
            
          
  • Added a new field(outbound_caller_id) in SIP Trunk APIs.
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/sip_trunk/trunks
    • POST /v2/accounts/{accountId}/sip_trunk/trunks
          
        

Resolved issues

• Fixed an issue where randomly-generated meeting passcodes contained special characters when this complexity requirement was disabled
• Fixed an issue where users were incorrectly included in the Inactive Host report
• Fixed an issue where live streams from Zoom to YouTube would continue on YouTube even after the host clicks Stop Live Stream
• Fixed an issue where the webinar registration report was not displaying for upcoming webinars
• Fixed an issue where the account requires users to sign in before joining meetings but users can’t join even after signing in
• Fixed an issue where admins were not able to add group admins
• Fixed an issue where users can’t edit the pre-assigned breakout rooms in the scheduler
• Fixed an issue where the time zone for Brazil wasn’t correctly displaying when exporting the ICS file
• Fixed an issue where admins couldn’t add members to user roles
• Fixed an issue where users couldn’t see their upcoming webinars
• Fixed an issue where “USA” would display twice in the dashboard metric for top 10 locations be meeting participants
• Fixed an issue where admins were able to purchase a monthly Webinar add-on when they already purchased an annual Webinar add-on, then not being able to assign the monthly add-ons
• Fixed an issue where the Dashboard page for past meetings were not correctly sorting by start time
• Fixed an issue were admins were not able to search for an email address in the Dashboard if the email address was long
• Fixed a bug where ‘Not meeting host’ message was being returned even when the meeting was being updated by a host.
  • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
        
• Fixed a bug that allowed a deactivated user’s information to be updated via Update a User API.
  • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}
        
• Fixed a bug where the values for meeting authentication settings were not being returned when the settings were disabled.
  • GET v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
  • GET v2/accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
  • GET v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
  • GET v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
  • GET v2/users/{userId}/settings
        
• Fixed a bug where Update Live-streaming API was not functioning as intended.
  • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingId}/livestream/status
        

December 6, 2020

Resolved Issues

• Minor bug fixes

November 22, 2020

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Assign users to multiple groups using advanced SAML mapping
    Account owners and admins can assign group admins or users to multiple user groups using advanced SAML mapping.
  • Require minimum client/app version
    Account owners and admins can require users who are using older versions of Zoom to update to the minimum client versions specified. They can set a minimum client version for each platform (Windows, macOS, Linux, Android, and iOS).
  • Allow user that is remote controlling to copy clipboard
    If remote control is enabled, account owners and admins can enable or disable the ability for the remote controlling user to copy the participant’s clipboard. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level and can be locked for the account or a group. This feature requires client version 5.4.0 or higher.
  • Enable breakout room and remote support simultaneously
    Account owners and admins can enable the breakout room and remote support settings simultaneously, so meetings can support both features. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level and can be locked for the account or a group.
  • Enhancement for sequential or rotating call queues
    If the call queue’s distribution method is set to sequential or rotating, account owners and admins can enable an option to skip offline members. This will skip any members that are offline and immediately ring the next available member. If this option is disabled, the call queue will follow the ring duration even if a member is offline.
        
• User features
  • Allow or deny users from certain regions or countries
    When scheduling a meeting, users can allow or deny participants from joining meetings or webinars from certain regions.
  • UI enhancement for Waiting Room and passcode settings in scheduler
    The Waiting Room and passcode settings in the scheduler have short descriptions to provide users more context on these security features.
        
• Web client features
  • Customize disclaimers for starting or joining meetings
    Account owners and admins can now configure and customize disclaimers, requiring users to accept their organization’s terms and conditions before they start or join a meeting or webinar using the web client. This can be configured for internal users only or anyone joining their meetings and webinars.
        
• Developer features
  • Added a new API that allows you to display on or remove alert content from Zoom Rooms.
    • PATCH /v2/rooms/events
          
  • Added Operation Logs Report API for Zoom Phone
    • GET /v2/phone/reports/operationlogs
          
  • Added support to create up to 25 polls using Create Batch Meeting Polls API.
    • POST /v2/meetings/{meetingId}/batch_polls
          
  • Add a new field(“approved_or_denied_countries_or_regions”) in Meeting APIs.
    • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
    • GET /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
    • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
          
  • Added a new group limit in Create a Group API. A maximum of 5000 groups can be created in a Zoom account.
    • POST /v2/groups
          
  • Added new fields(“end_to_end_encrypted_meetings”, “encryption_type”) in Zoom Room Location Settings APIs and Zoom Room Settings APIs.
    • GET /v2/rooms/locations/{locationId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/rooms/locations/{locationId}/settings
    • GET /v2/rooms/{roomId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/rooms/{roomId}/settings
          
  • Added poll results in the recording file present in the response of Recording APIs.
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/recordings
    • GET /v2/meetings/{meetingId}/recordings
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/recordings
          
  • Added new fields(“request_permission_to_unmute_participants”) in the Account Settings, Group Settings, User Settings and Lock Settings APIs.
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /v2/accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • GET /v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
    • GET /v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}/settings
          
  • Added a new rate limit error to the Live streaming API.
    • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingId}/livestream/status
          
  • Error message: “Too many requests submitted to start the live stream of this meeting: {meetingId}. If the live stream has not already started, retry making a new request after 30 seconds.”
  • Added plan usage details of united plan in Zoom Phone Calling Plans API
    • GET /v2/phone/calling_plans
          
        

Resolved issues

• Fixed an issue to prevent users from dialing into meetings using unpublished/hidden phone numbers
• Fixed an issue where Azure SSO authenticated users were redirected to zoom.us when trying to view cloud recordings
• Fixed an SAML mapping issue where the display name can’t be modified by users and isn’t displayed in the client
• Fixed an issue where user activation emails would be in a different language than the language set in the web portal
• Fixed an issue where Facebook live streams would prompt the user to visit zoom.us to watch the live stream
• Fixed an issue where the webinar survey link would not display in the attendee follow-up email
• Fixed an issue where users could not use anonymous polling in meeting templates
• Fixed an issue where webinar registrants could not submit the registration form containing Japanese or Chinese characters because of character limits
• Fixed an issue where the Zoom Rooms with a Zoom Phone license would display the incorrect time zone
• Fixed an issue where an error message was not being returned when someone tried to assign an invalid phone number.
  • POST /v2/phone/users/{userId}/phone_numbers
  • POST /v2/phone/users/{userId}/phone_numbers
        
• Fixed a bug where the email field was not being validated in Add a Webinar Registrant API.
  • POST /v2/webinars/{webinarId}/registrants
        
• Fixed a null pointer bug in Meeting APIs.
  • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
  • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
        
• Fixed a bug that prevented webinars from being scheduled using webinar templates as a host’s email was not being recognized as a valid value for the userId parameter.
  • POST /v2/users/{userId}/webinars
        
• Removed an incorrect error message from Recording Settings APIs.
  • GET /v2/meetings/{meetingUUID}/recordings/settings
  • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingUUID}/recordings/settings
        

November 8, 2020

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Setting for participants invited by the host or co-host to bypass the Waiting Room
    Account owners and admins can enable a setting for participants invited by the host or co-host to bypass the Waiting Room. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level and can be locked at the account or group level. This setting is turned off by default. This requires client/app version 5.4.0 or higher.
  • Setting for reporting abuse during a meeting
    Account owners and admins of verified Education and Business can enable or disable a setting that allows hosts to report participants for inappropriate behavior during a meeting. This setting requires client version 5.4.2 or higher.
  • Setting for reporting abuse in past webinars
    Account owners and admins of verified Education and Business can enable or disable a setting that allows hosts to report participants for inappropriate behavior for past webinars.
  • Enhanced audit logs for recordings
    The audit logs for recordings show if recordings were downloaded using an API access token or Webhook payload token.
  • Zoom Rooms support for video Virtual Background with green screen
    Account owners and admins can enable video Virtual Background with green screen for Zoom Rooms. This requires Zoom Rooms version 5.3.0, which is planned for release in November 2020.
  • Virtual receptionist / kiosk mode for Zoom Rooms
    Account owners and admins can enable kiosk mode for specific Zoom Rooms. This allows visitors to easily connect to a virtual receptionist. This requires Zoom Rooms version 5.3.0, which is planned for release in November 2020. This feature is in beta and needs to be enabled by Zoom.
  • Custom display names for Zoom Rooms
    Account owners and admins can set custom display names for the scheduling display. The display name is used when the room name is too long to properly show. This requires Zoom Rooms version 5.3.0, which is planned for release in November 2020.
  • Display emergency status alert
    Organizations with Emergency Call Notifications enabled can quickly update the content of digital signage Zoom Rooms to display an alert message. This requires Zoom Rooms version 5.3.0, which is planned for release in November 2020.
  • Hide caller ID
    Administrators can choose to hide the outbound caller ID for their Zoom Rooms by configuring their settings for Zoom Phone. This requires Zoom Rooms version 5.3.0, which is planned for release in November 2020.
  • Specify guest name and email for Zoom Rooms Microsoft Teams integration
    If Zoom Rooms direct guest join for Microsoft Teams is enabled, account owners and admins can specify a guest name and email that is passed to Microsoft Teams. This requires Zoom Rooms version 5.2.1 or higher.
        
• User features
  • Improved security notifications
    Users will receive confirmation emails after certain actions are performed (password change, phone number updates, host key change).
        
• Developer features
  • Replaced “page_number” with “next_page_token” in the following APIs.
    • GET /v2/metrics/zoomrooms
    • GET /v2/report/users
    • GET /v2/report/telephone -GET /v2/sip_phones
          
  • Added a new batch API for creating meeting polls.
    • POST /v2/meetings/{meetingId}/batch_polls
          
  • Added a new response field(“uuid”) in Telephone Reports API.
    • GET /v2/report/telephone
          
  • Added a new request field(“auto_approve”) in the Add Meeting Registrant API.
    • POST /v2/meetings/{meetingId}/registrants
          
  • Added a new response field(“channel_settings”) in List Channels API.
    • GET /v2/chat/users/{userId}/channels
          
  • Added support for audit logs when downloading recordings through API access token.
  • Added new error message in Get Webinar Absentess API.
    • GET /v2/past_webinars/{WebinarUUID}/absentees
      • 300 Invalid Occurrence.
            
          
        

Resolved Issues

• Fixed an issue where webinar registrants’ names were not displaying when copying the invitation email
• Fixed an issue where API users could join meetings across accounts when domain restrictions are in place
• Minor bug fixes
• Fixed a bug where the value of total records field was inaccurate in the response of List Channels API
  • GET /v2/chat/users/{userId}/channels
        
• Fixed a null pointer bug in the Add Internal Numbers API
  • POST /v2/accounts/{accountId}/sip_trunk/internal_numbers
        
• Fixed a bug where some settings(“host_video”, “participant_video”) were not being updated for PMI meeting in the Update a Meeting API
  • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
        
• Fixed a bug where monthly_week=-1 was not being accepted to create a recurrence meeting using the Create Meeting API
  • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
        
• Fixed a bug where a single answer could not be set for single radio question in the Update Registration Question API
  • PATCH /v2/webinars/{webinarId}/registrants/questions
        
• Fixed a bug where alternative host could not be removed completely using the Update a Webinar API
  • PATCH /v2/webinars/{webinarId}
        

October 25, 2020

Changes to existing features

• Enable Add watermark setting without enabling the setting Only authenticated users can join meetings
  Account owners and admins can now enable the setting Add watermark, without needing to turn on the setting Only authenticated users can join meetings at the account level.
• UI enhancement to profile page
  The User Type section has been renamed to License Type.

New and enhanced features

• End-to-end (E2E) encryption for meetings
  End-to-end (E2E) Encryption for meetings is now available in technical preview. Account owners and admins can enable end-to-end (E2E) encryption for meetings, providing additional protection when needed. Enabling end-to-end (E2E) encryption for meetings requires all meeting participants to join from the Zoom desktop client, mobile app, or Zoom Rooms. Users will not be able to join by telephone, SIP/H.323 devices, on-premise configurations, or Lync/Skype clients, as these endpoints cannot be encrypted end to end. Zoom web client and third-party clients leveraging the Zoom SDK are also not supported at launch. Enabling this setting also disables the following features: join before host, cloud recording, streaming, live transcription, Breakout Rooms, polling, and meeting reactions. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level and can be locked at the account or group level.

Resolved issues

• Fixes an issue where webinar attendee reports were formatted incorrectly
• Fixes an issue where some users could not enable watermarks because only authenticated users can join meeting was off for these accounts after the October 17 web release
• Minor bug fixes

October 18, 2020

Changes to existing features

• Users joining by phone will be placed in the Waiting Room when "only authenticated users can join meetings" and Waiting Room are enabled
  Users joining by phone will now be placed in the Waiting Room when "only authenticated users can join meetings" and Waiting Room are enabled. There is now a sub-setting for blocking or allowing phone participants if Waiting Room is turned off. By default, this sub-setting will allow phone participants for all existing accounts, but all newly created accounts after October 17 will block phone participants from joining if “only authenticated users can join meetings” is enabled and Waiting Room is disabled.
• “Only authenticated users can join meetings” setting always available when scheduling
  The setting “Only authenticated users can join meetings” will now always be available when scheduling, even if this setting is not enabled on the Zoom web portal. For customers who had previously enabled this at the account, group, or user level, the setting will now be off and can be re-enabled if they would like to default this setting to on when scheduling a meeting. For customers who enable this setting in the Zoom web portal after October 17, 2020, this will be defaulted to on when scheduling a meeting, but can be turned off unless the setting is locked at the account or group level.
• UI enhancement for emergency services
  Account owners and admins can access account/site level settings for emergency services, addresses, and locations in the Emergency Services tab in the Company Info page. Previously, these settings were grouped under the Settings tab.
  

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Show Breakout Room data on Dashboard
    Account owners and admins can now view Breakout Room data on Dashboard, including microphone, speaker, camera, and quality of service details.
  • All recurring meetings listed in Upcoming Events Report
    The Upcoming Events report will now list all upcoming meetings, including recurrences of the same meeting.
  • Allow or block participants from certain regions
    Account owners and admins can now choose to allow or block participants from joining meetings or webinars from certain regions. This can be configured at the account, group, or user level and can be locked at the account or group level.
  • Customize disclaimers for signing in to Zoom and starting or joining meetings
    Account owners and admins can now configure and customize disclaimers, requiring users to accept their organization’s terms and conditions before they can sign in to Zoom or start or join a meeting or webinar. This can be configured for internal users only or anyone joining their meetings and webinars. Consent can be downloaded as a Disclaimer report, under User Activity Reports.
  • Setting for sharing audio messages in chat
    Account owners and admins can now choose to enable or disable the audio message chat feature.
  • Setting for maximum file size for sharing in chat and in meetings
    Account owners and admins can now configure the maximum file size that their account members can send through the Zoom chat and in meetings. For this setting to be enforced, users need to be on Zoom version 5.4 for chat and 5.4.1 for in-meeting chat.
  • Playlists for Digital Signage content
    Account owners and admins can now create centralized playlists for Digital Signage content, allowing for easier management of content.
  • Add Digital Signage content from third-party integrations
    Account owners and admins can now add Digital Signage content from Google Drive, Box, One Drive, and Dropbox.
  • Setting for AirPlay in Zoom Rooms
    Account owners and admins can now enable or disable AirPlay for their Zoom Rooms.
  • Move Zoom Rooms to Under Construction in batches
    Account owners and admins can now mark Zoom Rooms as Under Construction in batches, by selecting multiple checkboxes or using location hierarchy.
  • Manage external contacts
    Account owners and admins can now view external contacts associated with their account, as well as their account’s channels that these external contacts are a part of. This can be accessed within the Zoom web portal, under User Management, then Users. The External Contacts column will show the number of external contacts each user has and they can view details about the external contacts, including their name, email addresses, added date and channels they are a part of, by clicking on this value. The account owner and admins can also remove the external contact completely from their account.
  • Phone user templates
    Account owners and admins can create a template to define common phone user settings for each site. This template can be applied to new phone users added to the site.
  • CSV export contains phone user status column
    The CSV export of existing phone users has a column to indicate the status of each phone user.
  • Hide outbound caller ID by default
    Account owners and admins can set phone users’ default outbound caller ID to be hidden. Hiding the outbound caller ID may not work for certain countries or regions.
  • View phone users’ time zone
    Account owners and admins can view phone users’ time zone, which they set in their Zoom profile.
  • Control access to voicemails
    If voicemail is enabled, account owners and admins can control phone users’ ability to view, download, or delete their own voicemail messages.
  • Soft delete phone users
    Account owners and admins can enable an account-level policy setting to soft delete phone users. Any soft-deleted user can be easily restored within 30 days. After that, the phone user will be permanently deleted from the account.
  • Disable call forwarding to external phone numbers
    Account owners and admins can change a user-level policy setting to disable phone users’ ability to forward to external phone numbers using their call handling settings.
  • Enable bootstrap mode for nomadic emergency services
    Account owners and admins can enable bootstrap mode to help build up the data set for detectable company locations. It enables users to report their current locations as company locations and/or report underlying network data for existing company locations. User-reported location and network data must be approved by administrators before it becomes actively part of your defined company locations. These operations will send email notifications to admins (at most one email per day). This feature requires the Zoom desktop client, version 5.4.0 or higher.
  • Temporary call-back routing for emergency calls
    If routing emergency calls from extension-only phone users to a PSAP, account owners and admins can enable temporary routing. After an emergency call is made, inbound calls to the specified outbound phone number will automatically route to the most recent extension to place an emergency call. Temporary routing for each extension can last 2 hours.
  • Enhanced call log entries for call queues
    Account owners and admins can view who answered inbound calls to call queues.
  • Opt members out of specific call queues
    If a phone user is a member of multiple call queues, account owners and admins can opt them out of specific call queues to disable call notifications from those call queues.
  • Allow busy call queue members to receive calls
    Account owners and admins can allow call queue members to receive inbound call queue calls even if they are on a call. This is disabled by default, meaning the call queue will skip members who are busy on a call. This feature requires the Zoom desktop client, version 5.4.0 or higher.
  • Business/closed hours and call handling settings for Zoom Rooms and common area phones
    Account owners and admins can set business/closed hours for Zoom Rooms with a phone license and common area phones. They can also set ring duration and call handling settings. Call handling settings for common area phones have moved from the Profile tab to the Settings tab as part of this enhancement.
  • Set up speed dial and busy lamp field (BLF) on common area phones
    Account owners and admins can set up speed dial and busy lamp field (BLF) on common area phones that support these features.
  • UI enhancements for HaaS devices
    Account owners and admins can filter the list of Zoom Phone devices to only display HaaS devices. HaaS devices are also labelled for easier identification.
        
• User features
  • Recover deleted webinars
    Deleted webinars will now be recoverable under Recently deleted from the Upcoming Webinars page for up to one week.
  • Import webinar panelists by CSV
    Webinar hosts can now import a CSV file for panelists.
  • Removed webinar attendees listed on blocked list
    Attendees removed from a webinar will now appear on the denied/blocked list in the Zoom web portal and can be removed from this list if they need to rejoin the webinar.
  • Configure when Join Before Host is available
    Users can now configure a time frame when someone can join their meeting with Join Before Host, 0-15 minutes before the scheduled start time.
  • Select/deselect all dial-in countries when scheduling
    Users can now select or deselect all dial-in countries when scheduling a meeting on the web portal.
  • Prompt to update email address
    If a user has updated their email address in Facebook or Google and tries to login with that account, they will now be prompted to update their email address.
  • Hide recording transcript when sharing
    Users can now choose whether they want to share the saved transcript along with their cloud recording.
  • Edit speaker name in transcripts
    The host can now edit the speaker’s name in a cloud recording transcript.
  • Opt out of specific call queues
    Users who are members of multiple call queues can opt out of specific call queues to disable call notifications from those call queues.
  • Assign common area phone as a delegate
    Users can assign a common area phone to make and receive calls on their behalf (call delegation).
  • Hide outbound caller ID by default
    Users can set their default outbound caller ID to be hidden. Hiding the outbound caller ID may not work for certain countries or regions.
  • Zoom Phone details on profile page
    Users can view the following details on their profile page: company numbers, direct numbers, extension, and Zoom Phone license type.
  • Enable phone screen lock
    Users can display a soft key on supported desk phones to lock their desk phone’s screen, preventing others from using their desk phone. Users can enter their PIN to unlock the screen. This feature is not supported on common area phones.
        
• Developer features
  • Added Update Presence Status API
    • PUT /v2/users/{userId}/presence_status
          
  • Added Get Live Streaming Settings API
    • GET /v2/meetings/{meetingId}/livestream
          
  • Added Get Meeting Quality Score API
    • GET /v2/metrics/quality
          
  • Added Meeting Recovered and Meeting Permanently Deleted Webhooks API- meeting.recovered
    • meeting.permanently_deleted
          
  • Added Live Streaming Started and Live Streaming Stopped Webhooks
    • meeting.live_streaming_started
    • meeting.live_streaming_stopped
          
  • Added Emergency Call Alert Webhook for Zoom Phone
    • phone.emergency_alert
          
  • Added Call Logs QoS APIs
    • GET /v2/phone/metrics/call_logs
    • GET /v2/phone/metrics/call_logs/{callId}
    • GET /v2/phone/metrics/call_logs/{callId}/qos
          
  • Enabled “meeting.updated” event to support PMI meeting updates.
    • meeting.updated
          
  • Added a new field(“language_interpretation”) in Meeting APIs.
    • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
    • GET /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
    • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
          
  • Added a new field(“end_to_end_encrypted_meetings”) in Meeting APIs.
    • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
    • GET /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
    • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
          
  • Added a new fields(“show_share_button”, “allow_multiple_devices”) in Meeting APIs.
    • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
    • GET /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
    • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
          
  • Added a new field(“cancel_meeting_reminder”) in Delete a Meeting API.
    • DELETE /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
          
  • Added a new field(“cancel_webinar_reminder”) in Delete a Webinar API.
    • DELETE /v2/webinars/{webinarId}
          
  • Added support for a new email template adopted by Zoom for email notifications sent to registrants when the status of the meeting and webinar registrants is updated.
    • PUT /v2/meetings/{meetingId}/registrants/status
    • PUT /v2/webinars/{webinarId}/registrants/status
          
  • Added new fields(“join_url”,“alternative_hosts”,“pmi”,“use_pmi”) in Meeting Created webhook.
    • meeting.created
          
  • Added a new field(“group_id”) in Update a Pending User API.
    • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}
          
  • Added a new field(“host_key”) in List Users API.
    • GET /v2/users
          
  • Added a new field(“registration_id”) in Report and Dashboard APIs.
    • GET /v2/report/meetings/{meetingId}/participants
    • GET /v2/report/webinars/{webinarId}/participants
    • GET /v2/metrics/meetings/{meetingId}/participants
    • GET /v2/metrics/webinars/{webinarId}/participants
          
  • Removed BYOC additional Zoom Phone Plan from Billing APIs.
    • POST /v2/accounts/{accountId}/plans
    • POST /v2/accounts/{accountId}/plans/addons
          
  • Added a new response field(“pmi”) in List Meetings API.
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
          
  • Added a validation check for request fields(“first_name”, “last_name”) in Create a Sub Account, Create a User, Update a User and Update Room Profile APIs.
    The following error message will be shown if the name contains invalid characters.
    • 300 Your request could not be processed because the name contains invalid characters : {invalidCharacters}.
      • POST /v2/accounts
      • POST /v2/users
      • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}
      • PATCH /v2/rooms/{id}
            
          
  • Added a new field (“next_page_token”) in List Users, List Group Members, List Role Members APIs.
    • GET /v2/users
    • GET /v2/groups/{groupId}/members
    • GET /v2/roles/{roleId}/members
          
  • Added a new response field(“audio_quality”, “video_quality”, “screen_share_quality”) in List Meeting Participants and List Webinar Participants APIs.
    • GET /v2/metrics/meetings/{meetingId}/participants
    • GET /v2/metrics/webinars/{webinarId}/participants
          
  • Added a new field(“start_airplay_mirroring”) in ZR Account, Location and Room Settings APIs.
    • GET /v2/rooms/account_settings
    • PATCH /v2/rooms/account_settings
    • GET /v2/rooms/locations/{locationId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/rooms/locations/{locationId}/settings
    • GET /v2/rooms/{roomId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/rooms/{roomId}/settings
          
  • Added a new field(“end_to_end_encrypted_meetings”) in “meeting_security” category in Account Settings, Group Settings, User Settings and Lock Settings APIs.
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /v2/accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • GET /v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
    • GET /v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}/settings
          
        

Resolved issues

• Fixes an issue where Alternative Hosts were not properly saved after being added
• Fixes an issue where ChromeOS did not recognize embedded passcodes
• Fixes an issue where a passcode was required for PMI although the setting was locked to off at the account level
• Fixes an issue where a subset of alternative hosts received an error when trying to add a meeting to their calendar
• Fixes an issue where webinar reminder emails were sent in English although the user had selected Japanese
• Fixes an issue where User Management states “You can add 0 more licensed users” when there are unassigned licenses available
• Fixes an issue where admins were unable to export a chat history with over a million messages
• Fixed an issue where voicemail email notifications for call queues and shared line groups displayed the incorrect voicemail inbox
• Fixed an issue where available Zoom Phone licenses could not be assigned to phone users
• Fixed the issue of email reminders not being sent to Meeting hosts when the “schedule_for” field was used in Create a Meeting API.
  • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
        
• Fixed a bug that didn’t apply the password settings enabled for Webinars in Create a Webinar API.
  • POST /v2/users/{userId}/webinars
        
• Fixed a bug where meetings, webinars and recordings were not being transferred to the specified account after disassociating a user.
  • DELETE /v2/users/{userId}
        
• Fix a bug where poll results were not being returned.
  • GET /v2/report/meetings/{meetingId}/polls
  • GET /v2/past_meetings/{meetingId}/polls
        
• Fixed the bug where Meeting Updated event was not being sent when a meeting was updated via the Zoom Outlook Plugin.
• Fixed a bug where unanswered questions were not included in the API response.
  • GET /v2/report/webinars/{webinarId}/qa
  • GET /v2/past_webinars/{webinarId}/qa
        
• Fixed a bug with inconsistent plan names in Billing APIs.
  • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/plans
  • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/plans/usage
        
• Fixed a bug where records in the last page were not being displayed in the response body of List Users API.
  • GET /v2/users
        
• Fixed a bug where details of hosts’ screenshare were not being included even when hosts shared their screen.
  • GET /v2/metrics/webinars/{meetingId}/participants/sharing
        
• Fix the bug where past Webinar files and polls were being returned via Past Meetings APIs.
  • GET /v2/past_meetings/{meetingId}/files
  • GET /v2/past_meetings/{meetingId}/polls
        
• Fixed the bug where the value of “user_id” was being displayed in an incorrect format.
  • GET /v2/report/meetings/{meetingIds}/participants
        
• Fixed the bug where a correct next_page_token value was not being accepted by the API.
  • GET /v2/metrics/meetings/{meetingId}/participants/qos
        

October 5, 2020

New and enhanced features

• Microsoft Teams direct guest join for Zoom Rooms
  Zoom Rooms joining Microsoft Teams meetings from their Zoom Rooms controller is now in public preview. If Zoom Rooms are invited to a Microsoft Teams meeting, this meeting will appear on their calendar and users can join from the controller with one tap. To enable this setting, account owners and admins can enable “Support 3rd party conferencing dial-in for Zoom Rooms” in the Zoom web portal. This feature requires Zoom Rooms for macOS or Windows 5.1.2 or higher. It is not yet supported on Zoom Room Appliances.

September 29, 2020

New and enhanced features

• Zoomtopia Video Filters
  Users can now use Zoomtopia Video Filters, if the Video Filters feature is enabled in the Zoom web portal. These filters will be available until after Zoomtopia.

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

September 27, 2020

Changes to existing features

• Passcode and Waiting Room requirements
  Zoom will now require that all meetings have a Passcode or a Waiting Room enabled for accounts with a single licensed user, Pro accounts with 2 or more licenses, and Business accounts with 10-100 licenses. Learn more.
• Enhanced Passcode Settings for select accounts
  The web portal settings for passcode for instant meeting and passcode for newly scheduled meetings are now one setting called “Meeting Passcode” for accounts with a single licensed user, Pro accounts with 2 or more licenses, Business accounts with 10-100 licenses, and Basic (free) accounts. If the passcode requirement for Personal Meeting ID (PMI) is enabled, it will be applied whether Join Before Host is enabled or disabled.
• Updated settings for new accounts
  All new accounts created on or after September 27 will have the passcode settings for Personal Meeting ID (PMI), Personal Audio Conference (PAC), phone dial-in users, and Zoom Room Meeting ID enabled by default.

Resolved issues

• Fixes an issue where users were unable to create a poll question with more than two answers for meetings scheduled with their Personal Meeting ID (PMI)
• Minor bug fixes

September 20, 2020

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  
  • Specify users to bypass SSO and login with email address and password
    Account owners and admins can now allow specified users to bypass SSO and login with an email address and password, for service accounts or internal IT purposes.
        

Resolved issues

• Fixes an issue where users with scheduling privilege for 20 or more meeting hosts could not view all meetings in the Zoom web portal at the same time
• Fixes an issue where a subset of users received a 402 error when updating credit card information
• Fixes an issue where alternative hosts were not displayed in the webinar details
• Fixes an issue where hosts were unable to enable pre-assigned Breakout Rooms after the meeting had been scheduled
• Minor bug fixes

September 17, 2020

Changes to existing features

• Re-enable Call Me and toll-free options for Webinar attendees
  We have re-enabled the ability to control whether Webinar attendees have access to Call Me and toll-free dial-in options. If this setting was previously enabled in the Zoom web portal, attendees can now join by Call Me. This setting can be enabled in account, group, or user settings if the account has an audio conferencing add-on.

September 13, 2020

New and enhanced features

• Web client features
  • Support for Breakout rooms pre-assignment
    The web client will now support pre-assigned Breakout rooms.
  • Support for Internal account members to admit external participants in Waiting Room
    Internal account members can now admit external participants from the web client, if this setting is enabled by the meeting host.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

September 8, 2020

Changes to existing features

• Disable Call Me and toll-free options for Webinar attendees
  We have temporarily disabled the Call Me and toll-free options for webinar attendees and plan to re-enable them in the next few weeks. In the meantime, attendees may connect to Webinar audio through the Zoom desktop client, web client, or mobile app. Webinar hosts and panelists can still join by telephone, as well as through computer audio.

September 6, 2020

Changes to existing features

• Meeting/Webinar hosts must be signed in when initiating live streaming
  Hosts initiating live streaming services will now need to be signed in to the Zoom web portal in order to live stream their meeting or webinar.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • External authentication
    Account owners and admins can now configure their identity provider to authenticate users via SSO who are joining meetings and webinars. This feature is available for Business, Enterprise, and Education accounts with Single Sign-on (SSO) configured.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

August 30, 2020

Changes to existing features

• Default paid Audio Conferencing settings for webinar attendees to off
  The Audio Conferencing settings for webinar attendees, allowing webinar attendees to use toll-free and fee-based toll numbers and Call Me, will now be defaulted to off. Account owners and admins can re-enable these options in the Zoom web portal, under the Telephone section of Account Settings.

Resolved issues

• Fixes an issue where upcoming meetings and webinars did not appear in the desktop client after the calendar integration settings were locked for their account

August 27, 2020

Resolved issues

• Fixes an issue where users on mobile devices could not complete registration for webinars with Paypal enabled

August 26, 2020

Resolved issues

• Fixes an issue where a subset of users received an error when entering their company domain to sign in to the Zoom web portal

August 25, 2020

Resolved issues

• Fixes an issue where the Meetings page of the Zoom web portal would not load in Internet Explorer
• Minor bug fixes

August 23, 2020

Changes to existing features

• Cloud recording passwords now called Passcodes
  Cloud recording passwords will now be called Passcodes to prevent confusion with your individual user password, which should never be shared.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features 
  • Report of recordings without a passcode
    Account owners and admins can now view a report of all recordings without a passcode. The report is available under the Reports of Account Management. This is a one-time report, with information pulled at the time of the release and will not be updated.
  • Select Germany, the Netherlands, and Ireland as data centers for meetings/webinars hosted by your account
    Germany, the Netherlands, and Ireland will now be listed as individual data centers that can be enabled or disabled for hosting real-time meeting and webinar traffic. This will allow account owners and admins more granular control over where their meetings are hosted. If the Europe data center was enabled, Germany, the Netherlands, and Ireland will be enabled. This is available in account, group, and user settings and can be locked at the account or group level.
  • Upload virtual backgrounds for a group or an individual user
    Account owners can now upload and manage virtual backgrounds for a group on the Zoom web portal. Individual users can upload and manage virtual backgrounds for their own use.
  • Calendar and Contacts section under Account Settings
    Account settings related to calendar and contacts can now be found in the Calendar and Contacts section of the Meeting Tab within Account Settings. Account owners and admins can set the default calendar provider and pick calendar and contact access permissions. These settings can also be locked.
  • Limit which domains can integrate calendar and contact services
    Account owners and admins can now limit which domains can integrate calendar and contact services within Account Settings. Once this setting is enabled, admins can enter which domains are allowed to integrate these services.
  • Setting to prompt user to integrate Office 365 each time they sign in
    Account owners and admins can now enable a setting to prompt users to integrate Office 365 each time they sign in. This will prompt them each time they sign in to Zoom until the integration is completed.
  • Enhanced Office 365 calendar sync
    Users can now sync their Office 365 calendar without requiring full mailbox access.
  • Display certificate expiration date on the Single Sign-on page
    The Single Sign-on page will display the certificate expiration date, warning admins that the certificate will soon expire and allowing them to proactively update the certificate, preventing login issues. Account owners and admins will also receive an email notification 30 days before the certificate will expire.
  • Update users’ names in the webinar attendee report
    If a user changes their name during a webinar, it will now update in the webinar attendee report.
  • Search or download chat history for up to one year for an individual user
    Account owners and admins can now search and download chat history for up to one year for an individual user.
        
• User features
  • Custom languages for language interpretation
    You can now add custom languages in addition to the default languages provided. Any number of custom languages can be added in the Zoom web portal, but only 5 custom languages can be used in any given meeting or webinar. The interpreter and participants accessing the custom languages will need to be on client 5.2.1 or later to use custom languages.
  • Post webinar survey and reporting
    Webinar hosts can now create a post webinar survey in the Zoom web portal and launch this survey at the end of their webinar. Webinar hosts can also access a report of the survey results in the Zoom web portal.
  • Enhanced Meetings page
    The Meetings page of the Zoom web portal has been enhanced for improved navigation and usability, including the addition of a date range filter to more easily find upcoming meetings.
  • Call Me for Webinar attendees
    Webinar attendees can now use the call me feature for audio. Hosts can enable this option under the Call Me setting on the web, which requires the Audio Conferencing add-on. This feature requires client version 5.2.2 or later. 
  • Language interpretation in Meeting Templates
    Language interpretation settings will now be included as part of saved meeting templates.
  • Open local recordings from the Zoom web portal
    Users can now locate and open their local recordings from the Recordings tab of the Zoom web portal. This will automatically launch their Zoom desktop client.
  • Maximum meeting duration of 30 hours
    The maximum meeting duration has increased from 24 hours to 30 hours.
  • Zoom Room automatically becomes co-host
    The Zoom Room will now automatically become co-host if it was originally scheduled as the host of the meeting and joined after the alternative host, or if the Zoom Room rejoins the meeting after assigning a different host.
        
• Developer features
  • Added new TSP webhook events.
    • user.tsp_created
    • user.tsp_updated
    • user.tsp_deleted
          
  • Added account level Chat Channel APIs.
    • POST /v2/chat/users/{userId}/channels
    • GET /v2/chat/users/{userId}/channels/{channelId}
    • PATCH /v2/chat/users/{userId}/channels/{channelId}
    • DELETE /v2/chat/users/{userId}/channels/{channelId}
    • GET /v2/chat/users/{userId}/channels/{channelId}/members
    • POST /v2/chat/users/{userId}/channels/{channelId}/members
    • DELETE /v2/chat/users/{userId}/channels/{channelId}/members/{memberId}
    • Added new account level Chat Message APIs.
    • PUT /v2/chat/users/{userId}/messages/{messageId}
    • DELETE /v2/chat/users/{userId}/messages/{messageId}
          
  • Added new SIP Trunk APIs.
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/sip_trunk/trunks
    • POST /v2/accounts/{accountId}/sip_trunk/trunks
    • DELETE /v2/accounts/{accountId}/sip_trunk/trunks/{trunkId}
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/sip_trunk/callout_countries
    • POST /v2/accounts/{accountId}/sip_trunk/callout_countries
    • DELETE /v2/accounts/{accountId}/sip_trunk/callout_countries/{countryId}
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/sip_trunk/internal_numbers
    • POST /v2/accounts/{accountId}/sip_trunk/internal_numbers
    • DELETE /v2/accounts/{accountId}/sip_trunk/internal_numbers/{numberId}
          
  • Added new Dashboard APIs.
    • GET /v2/metrics/satisfaction
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/metrics/satisfaction
          
  • Added new Zoom Room APIs.
    • PUT /v2/rooms/{roomId}/devices/{deviceId}/app_version
    • GET /v2/rooms/{roomId}/devices
    • GET /v2/rooms/digital_signage
          
  • Add new Webinar template API.
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/webinar_templates
          
  • Included “X-RateLimit-Type: Daily-limit” and “Retry-After” fields in the response header of Create and Update Meeting APIs.
    • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
    • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
          
  • Added new request field(“type”) in List Webinars APIs.
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/webinars
          
  • Added new response fields(“host_email”,“assistant_id”) in Meeting APIs.
    • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
    • GET /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
          
  • Added new response field(“host_email”) in Webinar APIs.
    • POST /v2/users/{userId}/webinars
    • GET /v2/webinars/{webinarId}
          
  • Added new request fields(“show_callout_internal_number”,“show_zoom_provided_callout_countries”, “show_zoom_provided_numbers”) in Update Sip Trunk Settings APIs.
    • PATCH /v2/accounts/{accountId}/sip_trunk/settings
          
  • Added new response fields(“service_effective_date”,“next_invoice_date”,“status”) in Get Plan Information API.
    • GET /accounts/{accountId}/plans
          
  • Added new response field(“sub_account_privileges”) in Get Role Information API.
    • GET /v2/roles/{roleId}
          
  • Added new request field(“sub_account_privileges”) in Update Role Information API.
    • PATCH /v2/roles/{roleId}
          
  • Added new field(“join_url”) in Meeting Registration Approved event.
    • meeting.registration_approved
          
  • Added new request field (“language”) in Add Meeting Registrant API.
    • POST /v2/meetings/{meetingId}/registrants
          
  • Added new error messages in Create, Update, Activate User APIs.
    • POST /v2/users
      • 2033 Your request to add a basic user was not approved because you have already reached the maximum basic user limit allowed in your account. For additional help regarding this issue, contact the Zoom Customer Support team.
            
    • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}
      • 2033 Your request to convert the user type to basic was not approved because you have already reached the maximum basic user limit allowed in your account. For additional help regarding this issue, contact the Zoom Customer Support team.
            
    • PUT /v2/users/{userId}/status
      • 2033 Your request to activate the basic user was not approved because you have already reached the maximum basic user limit allowed in your account. For additional help regarding this issue, contact the Zoom Customer Support team.
            
          
  • Added new field(“allow_recovery_deleted_cloud_recordings”) in Account Setting APIs.
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
          
  • Added new field(“host_delete_cloud_recording”) in Account and User settings APIs.
    • GET accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH users/{userId}/settings
          
  • Added new fields(“meeting_reactions”, “show_a_join_from_your_browser_link”, “recording_disclaimer”, “allow_participants_to_rename”, “required_password_for_shared_cloud_recordings”) in Account Settings, Group Settings, User Settings and Lock Settings APIs.
    • GET accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • GET groups/{groupId}/settings
    • PATCH groups/{groupId}/settings
    • GET groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • GET users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH users/{userId}/settings
          
  • Added new fields(“who_can_share_screen”,“who_can_share_screen_when_someone_is_sharing”, “ask_participants_to_consent_disclaimer”, “ask_host_to_confirm_disclaimer”) in Account/Group/User settings APIs.
    • GET accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET groups/{groupId}/settings
    • PATCH groups/{groupId}/settings
    • GET users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH users/{userId}/settings
          
  • Added new field(“screen_sharing”) in User settings APIs.
    • GET users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH users/{userId}/settings
          
  • Added new fields (“service_effective_date”, “next_invoice_date” and “status”) in Get Plan Information API.
  • Added new field(“required_password_for_existing_cloud_recordings”) in Account/Group settings APIs.
    • GET accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH accounts/{accountId}/settings
          
  • Added new value(action=“recover”) in Update meeting status API.
    • PUT /v2/meetings/{meetingId}/status
          
  • Added new value(setting_type=“signage”) in Zoom Room APIs.
    • GET /v2/rooms/account_settings
    • PATCH /v2/rooms/account_settings
    • GET /v2/rooms/locations/{locationId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/rooms/locations/{locationId}/settings
    • GET /v2/rooms/{roomId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/rooms/{roomId}/settings
          
  • Added new fields(“registrants_confirmation_email”, “template_id”) in Create Webinar APIs.
    • POST /v2/users/{userId}/webinars
          
  • Added new error message("4137 The IM Group APIs are no longer available.") in IM Group APIs.
    • GET /v2/im/groups
    • POST /v2/im/groups
    • GET /v2/im/groups/{groupId}
    • PATCH /v2/im/groups/{groupId}
    • DELETE /v2/im/groups/{groupId}
    • GET /v2/im/groups/{groupId}/members
    • POST /v2/im/groups/{groupId}/members
    • DELETE /v2/im/groups/{groupId}/members/{memberId}
          
        

Resolved issues

• Fixes an issue where external users were automatically added to the primary account with associated domain and forced Single Sign-On login, when they should have been forced to change their email address within Zoom
• Fixes an issue where the account owner and admins could not see how many recordings they were bulk deleting from Recording Management
• Fixes an issue where a subset of users were unable to add Zoom Rooms as a webinar panelist
• Fixes an issue where the meeting details report had missing email addresses
• Fixes an issue where account owners and admins received an error message when trying to invite a subset of users to their accounts
• Fixes an issue where editing a recurring meeting scheduled with no fixed time removed the alternative hosts
• Fixes an issue where a subset of webinar registration pages would not load
• Fixes an issue where a subset of users were unable to add new polls
• Fixes an issue where the registration report listed “null” for some attendees’ approval status when Paypal payment was required
• Fixes an issue where a subset of users received 404 errors when trying to register to view on-demand recordings
• Fixes an issue where a subset of users can login with Google even if the option is disabled
• Fixes an issue where the cloud recording usage report showed an incorrect amount of data being used
• Fixes an issue where data from the month of March is not shown when viewing some data in Dashboard
• Fixes an issue where an on-demand webinar incorrectly showed as full capacity
• Fixes an issue where duplicating a webinar changed the order of the polls
• Fixed a bug that did not allow users to register for a Webinar.
  • POST /v2/webinars/{webinarId}/registrants
        
• Fixed a bug that prevented alternative hosts from receiving invitation email for a Webinar.
  • POST /v2/users/{userId}/webinars
  • PATCH /v2/webinars/{webinarId}
        
• Fixed API call logs misconfiguration.
• Fixed a bug that caused incorrect activation link to be included in the invitation email of a newly created Sub Account.
  • POST v2/account
        
• Fixed a bug where “Meeting does not exist” error was displayed incorrectly in Get Webinar Q&A Report API.
  • GET /v2/report/webinars/{webinarId}/qa
        
• Fixed a bug where Zoom Room Alert webhook was not being delivered at certain times.
  • zoomroom.alert
        
• Fixed a bug that allowed a host to create invalid PMI meetings even when the host did not have a PMI.
  • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
        
• Fixed a bug that allowed users to schedule meeting for a past start date and time.
  • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
        
• Minor bug fixes

August 19, 2020

Resolved Issues

• Minor bug fixes

August 17, 2020

New and enhanced features

• Setting to request permission to unmute
  Account owners and admins can now enable a setting to request permission to unmute, allowing the host to request permission to unmute meeting participants and webinar panelists. Permissions, once given, will apply in all meetings scheduled by the same person. This setting is available at the account, group or user level and can be locked at the account or group level. This requires client 5.2.0, which is planned for release in early August.

August 16, 2020

New and enhanced features

• General availability
  Zoom Phone is available in 25 more countries.
• Expanded calling to more destinations
  Account owners and admins can enable calling to more destinations. Certain destinations may require admins to contact support to enable. They can also allow calling to “high-risk” prefixes that are otherwise blocked by default. This feature can be enabled by Zoom if you have a legitimate reason to call these destinations.
• Role management
  Account owners and admins can use the role management feature to create Zoom Phone roles and edit each role to control Zoom Phone privileges. For example, they can customize a call queue admin role with privileges to certain settings of specific call queue(s).This enhancement replaces the site admin, call queue manager, and auto receptionist operator roles that could be assigned while customizing the site, call queue, or auto receptionist.
• Support for variable-length site codes and extensions
  Account owners and admins can set variable-length site codes and extensions at the site level. For example, site A with site code 10 and extensions that are 4-digits long in the range of 1000 to 1999; and site B with site code 5 and extensions that are 5-digits long in the range of 20000 to 30000.
• Enhancement to directory backup routing rules
  Account owners and admin can set internal directory routing rules. For example, if the account has variable-length site codes and extensions as stated in the previous example, a rule can prepend site code 5 if a user dials a 5-digit number beginning with 2. This allows users in another site to call users in site B without dialing the site code.
• Control access to personal audio library
  Account owners and admins can control phone users' access to their personal audio library, which is used to change their voicemail greeting and hold music. This new policy setting can be changed at the site level. By default, phone users’ personal audio library is enabled. If disabled, all users in the site will use the site’s default audio.
• Set default custom audio
  Account owners and site admins can set default voicemail greeting, message greeting, hold music, and audio while connecting. These defaults can be set at the site level.
• More options for call queues’ max wait time
  Account owners and admins can set the max wait time to 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, or 45 seconds.

Resolved Issues

• Minor bug fixes

August 9, 2020

New and enhanced features

• Administrator Features
  • Standardized naming of Zoom Rooms devices
    Standardized naming will now be applied to Zoom Room devices in the web portal.
  • Setting to require Zoom Rooms devices to be MDM managed
    Account owners and admins can now require all Zoom Rooms devices to be MDM managed. Devices which are not MDM managed will not be able to sign in. 
        
• Developer Features
  • Added a new field(“custom_attributes”) to User Updated event.
    • user.updated
          
  • Added a new field(“include_fields”) to the request body of List Users API.
    • GET /v2/users
          
  • Added a new response field(“custom_attributes”) to the request body of List Users API.
    • GET /v2/users
          
  • Added a new field(“callout_countries”) that allows a parent account to set Zoom Phone BYOC call-out countries for a Sub account.
    • POST /accounts/{accountId}/plans
    • POST /accounts/{accountId}/plans/addons
    • PUT /accounts/{accountId}/plans/addons
    • GET /accounts/{accountId}/plans
          
        

Resolved Issues

• Fixes an issue were a subset of accounts were unable to downgrade their number of licenses
• Fixed a bug that caused internal plan code to be displayed in the response body of Get Plan Usage API call.
  • GET /accounts/{accountId}/plans/usage
        
• Minor bug fixes

August 2, 2020 

New and enhanced features

• Setting for Video Filters
  Account owners and admins can enable or disable a setting for video filters, which allows meeting participants to use filters to alter the look of their video with color grading, foreground and frame filters. If the meeting host has filters disabled, participants in the meeting will not be able to use filters. This setting will be on by default. It is available at the account, group, or user level and can be locked at the account or group level. 

Resolved issues

• Fixes an issue where webinar hosts were unable to add panelists in Internet Explorer
• Fixes an issue where participants admitted to a meeting from the Waiting Room by someone other than the host were stuck joining and not able to enter the meeting
• Minor bug fixes

July 26, 2020

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

July 19, 2020

Changes to existing features

• Meeting and webinar passwords now called Passcodes
  Meeting passwords will now be called Passcodes to prevent confusion with your individual user password, which should never be shared.
• Integrations on Zoom Marketplace
  Zoom Marketplace is now the preferred place for integrations. New setup of the Epic, Panopto, and Zapier Integrations will need to be done through Marketplace. Previously setup integrations are still accessible through the integrations tab. Existing integrations are encouraged to start using Marketplace integration apps instead of older versions.
• Waiting Room moved to Security section when scheduling
  When scheduling a meeting, the Waiting Room setting is now available under a Security heading. Zoom recommends Waiting Room, passcode or both to secure your meeting.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Email notifications when cloud recording is available for alternative host
    Users can now choose to send email notifications to the alternative host when the cloud recording for that meeting/webinar is available. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level.
  • Setting for webinar passcodes
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable a setting for webinar passcodes separately from meeting passcodes. This setting is available at the account, group, or user level and lock this setting at the account or group level. If this setting is enabled and locked at the account or group level, it can also be applied to previously scheduled webinars by checking the option below the setting.
  • Configure Waiting Room options without enabling the setting
    Account owners and admins can now configure the Waiting Room options, such as adding approved domains, without enabling the setting. This allows admins to configure these default settings without forcing Waiting Room for all users. Users can enable Waiting Room with these admin configured options at the user or individual meeting level.
  • Auto-save whiteboard content when screen sharing is stopped
    Account owners and admins can now choose to automatically save whiteboard content when screen sharing is stopped. Whiteboard content can be saved as a PDF or a PNG file. This setting is available at the account, group or user level when the whiteboard setting is enabled and can be locked at the account or group level. This requires client 5.2.0, which is planned for release in early August.
  • Scheduled Digital Signage content
    Account owners and Zoom Rooms admins can schedule a window of time when they would like specific Digital Signage content to display, including if it should end on a specific date. This requires the Zoom Rooms client 5.1.0 which is planned for early August.
  • Enable screen sharing, whiteboard and annotation at the room and location level
    Account owners and Zoom Rooms admins can enable screen sharing, whiteboard, and annotation at the room and location level in the Zoom web portal.
  • Unenroll or delete devices from Zoom Device Management
    Account owners and Zoom Rooms admin can unenroll or delete devices from Zoom Device Management (ZDM) through the Zoom web portal.
  • Enhancements to Windows patch installation with Zoom Device Management
    Account owners and Zoom Rooms admins can now choose if they want to automatically install Windows patches in Room settings. They can also search for Windows patches to more easily locate the patch they would like to install.
  • Sync Zoom Rooms for Windows device name
    If the account owner or admin updates the name of the Windows device on the device, it will now update in the Zoom web portal as well.
  • Manage multiple calendar resources for Zoom Rooms
    Account owners and admins can add or delete multiple Zoom Rooms calendar resources simultaneously.
  • Share files with Microsoft SharePoint 
    Account owners and admins can enable the Microsoft SharePoint integration, which will enable attendees to share files from SharePoint through in-meeting chat. This feature requires the Zoom client 5.2.0 which will be released in August.
  • View toll-number changes in the operation logs
    Account owners and admins can view changes to available toll numbers in the operation logs on the Reports page of the Zoom web portal.
  • Country/region in telephone report
    The telephone report will list the host’s country/region.
        
• User features
  • Profile phone number verification with a phone call
    In addition to the option to verify with SMS, users can choose to verify with a phone call to successfully save their phone number in the Zoom web portal under Profile.
  • Download cloud recordings on iOS and iPadOS
    Users on iOS and iPadOS can now download cloud recordings to their devices from the Zoom web portal in Safari. This feature requires iOS or iPadOS 13 or higher.
        
• Integration features
  • Philippine Peso support for Paypal integration
    Philippine Pesos are a supported currency for Paypal integration.
        
• Developer features
  • Added new Zoom Room Webhook Events.
    • zoomroom.checked_in
    • zoomroom.checked_out
          
  • Added a new API to support Zoom Room check in and check out features.
    • PATCH /v2/rooms/{id}/events
          
  • Added a new API to support in-meeting start and stop recording features.
    • PATCH /v2/live_meetings/{meetingId}/events
          
  • Added a new field (“account_name”) to the Create a Sub Account API.
    • POST /v2/accounts
          
        

Resolved issues

• Fixes an issue where admins could not update a user’s email address when the user was signing in with Single sign-on (SSO)
• Fixes an issue where admins received an error when trying to manually add multiple users
• Fixes an issue where a subset of users were unable to download webinar registration reports
• Fixes an issue where a subset of users received error code 100 when trying to sign in with Single sign on (SSO)
• Fixes an issue where users could not save Meeting Templates if Personal Meeting ID was disabled
• Fixes an issue where webinar reminder emails were sent in the wrong language for a subset of users
• Fixes an issue where the host could not add panelists if the meeting had been converted from a webinar and the panelist had previously been added as an alternative host
• Fixes an issue where users were not showing as contacts if they did not set a password
• Fixes an issue where some Zoom Rooms for macOS were not displaying meetings from Google Calendar after waking from sleep
• Minor bug fixes

July 12, 2020

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Enable AES-256 bit encryption for Zoom Phone devices
    Account owners and admins can upgrade to SRTP with AES-256 bit encryption for specific sites and models. By default, AES-128 bit is enabled. Admins must enable AES-256 bit in the web portal. Learn more about Zoom Phone Encryption.
  • Call monitoring (listen, whisper, barge, takeover)
    Account owners and admins can enable call monitoring features for phone users. Phone users can: listen to a call without the parties being aware; speak to a phone user in a call without other parties being aware; join a call and speak to all parties; or take over the call from another user.
  • Call park
    Users can place a call on hold and generate a retrieval code. Any other Zoom Phone user can use the retrieval code to answer the call. Admins can set routing rules if parked calls are not answered after a specified amount of time
  • Create a shared directory of external contacts
    Account owners and admins can create a shared directory of external contacts. They can add contacts one at a time or batch import contacts using a CSV file. This is not supported on desk phones.
  • Singapore data center option
    Account owners and admins can opt in to use a Singapore region data center for real-time meeting and webinar traffic.
        
• User features
  • Customize speed dial and busy lamp field for devices
    Users can add line keys for speed dial and busy lamp field (BLF). Speed dial allows users to easily dial a number by pressing a line key. BLF allows users to see the call status of another internal line.
  • Call park
    Users can place a call on hold and generate a retrieval code. Any other Zoom Phone user can use the retrieval code to answer the call. Admins can set routing rules if parked calls are not answered after a specified amount of time.
        

Resolved Issues

• Minor bug fixes

June 28, 2020

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Report of upcoming meetings without a password or Waiting Room
    Account owners and admins can now view a report of all upcoming meetings without a password or Waiting Room, including meetings scheduled with PMI and on-going recurring meetings. The report is available under the Reports of Account Management, in the Active Host report queue. This is a one-time report, with information pulled at the time of the release and will not be updated.
  • IM setting to show or hide users’ presence status to their external contacts
    Account admins now have the ability to show or hide their users’ presence status to external contacts. This setting can be found in the Zoom web portal, under IM Settings.
  • New security heading for meeting settings
    All password related settings, Waiting Room settings, and the settings to only allow authenticated users to join meetings will now be moved under the Security heading of the account, group, and user settings to allow users to more easily enable security options for their meetings and webinars.
  • Setting to sign in with Apple ID on iOS
    Users can sign in with Apple ID on the iOS app (version 5.1.1 or higher). Account owners and admins can disable this feature in the Zoom web portal, under Advanced then Security.
        
• User features
  • User Profile Phone Verification and Privacy Disclosure
    All users must now verify their phone number via SMS in order to successfully save their phone number in the Zoom web portal under Profile. Upon verification, users will be shown a privacy disclosure that their phone number will be visible to their Zoom contacts on their profile.
  • External contact email invitation privacy disclosure
    When users send or accept an external contact invitation, they will be shown a privacy disclosure explaining that their profile information and, depending on the account IM Settings, their presence status will be visible to the external contact upon successful connection. 
        
• Integration features
  • Always embed meeting password on Workplace by Facebook
    If using Zoom’s integration with Workplace by Facebook, Zoom will always embed the meeting password in the meeting link, even if the web setting to embed the password is disabled.
        
• Developer features
  • Added a new field(“meeting_authentication”) in the payload of User Settings Updated webhook.
    • user.settings_updated
          
  • Added new response fields(“audio_device_from_crc”,“audio_device_to_crc”,“video_device_from_crc”,“video_device_to_crc”,“as_device_from_crc”,“as_device_to_crc”) in the Dashboard Participants QoS APIs.
    • GET /v2/metrics/meetings/{meetingId}/participants/{participantId}/qos
    • GET /v2/metrics/webinars/{webinarId}/participants/{participantId}/qos
    • GET /v2/metrics/meetings/{meetingId}/participants/qos
    • GET /v2/metrics/webinars/{webinarId}/participants/qos
          
  • Added a new response field(“email”) in the List Meeting Participants API.
    • GET /v2/metrics/meetings/{meetingId}/participants
          
  • Added a new response field(“location_id”) in the List Zoom Rooms API.
    • GET /v2/rooms
          
  • Added a new response field(“pmi”) in the List User Schedulers API.List Schedulers API.
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/schedulers
          
  • Added a new response field(“custom_attributes”) in the Get User Details API.
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}
          
  • Added a new request field(“custom_attributes”) in the Update a User API.
    • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}
          
  • Added a new response field(“custom_attributes”) in Get Active Host Reports API.
    • GET /v2/report/users
          
  • Deprecated the “page_number” field and replaced it with “next_page_token” in the Batch List APIs.
    • GET /v2/accounts
    • GET /v2/meetings/{meetingId}/recordings/registrants
    • GET /v2/h323/devices
    • GET /v2/im/groups/{groupId}/members
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
    • GET /v2/meetings/{meetingId}/registrants
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/webinars
    • GET /v2/webinars/{webinarId}/registrants
          
  • Enabled assistants to retrieve meeting host’s settings by identifying the assistants with their OAuth token.
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/settings
          
  • Added support for both User ID and User Email in the following User Level APIs. Developers are no longer required to pass the me keyword for these APIs.
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}/settings
    • PUT /v2/users/{userId}/password
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/assistants
    • POST /v2/users/{userId}/assistants
    • DELETE /v2/users/{userId}/assistants
    • DELETE /v2/users/{userId}/assistants/{assistantId}
    • POST /v2/users/{userId}/picture
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/token
    • DELETE /v2/users/{userId}/token
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/permissions
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/schedulers
    • DELETE /v2/users/{userId}/schedulers
    • DELETE /v2/users/{userId}/schedulers/{schedulerId}
    • PUT /v2/users/{userId}/email
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
    • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/webinars
    • POST /v2/users/{userId}/webinars
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/recordings
          
        

Resolved issues

• Resolves an issue where some Mac users were prompted to install Zoom each time they joined a meeting
• Resolves an issue where some users would receive an error when attempting to update their display name on the Zoom web portal
• Resolves an issue where some users were unable to edit branding of the Meeting Schedule email
• Resolves an issue where some webinar registrants did not receive the confirmation email
• Resolves an issue where users were unable to update their time zone if Personal Meeting ID was disabled
• Resolves an issue where the QoS data for Device to/from CRC was not included in downloaded reports (CSV)
• Resolves an issue where some users received an error when trying to download a report from Dashboard
• Resolves an issue where the post webinar survey field ignored case on the configured links, causing some links to be invalid
• Fixed the bug that caused all available call-out counties to be returned in the response even when an account subscribed to the Phone base plan with only specific call-out countries.
  • POST /v2/accounts/{accountId}/plans
        
• Fixed an error where a clear message was not being displayed when users tried to use expired PMI meetings.
  • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
        
• Fixed the bug where the value of ‘mute_upon_entry’ in the Create a Meeting API was not being inherited from the Account Settings.
  • POST /v2/users/{userId}/meetings
        
• Fixed the bug where the PMI property was still being displayed when a meeting scheduled with PMI was updated to a recurring meeting with the value of “use_pmi” field set to “false”.
  • PATCH /v2/meetings/{meetingId}
        
• Fixed the bug that caused incorrect values to be displayed for the ‘created_at’ field in the response of the List Users API.
  • GET /v2/users
        
• Fixed the bug that prevented chat messages sent by Client from being updated using the Update a Chat Message API.
  • PUT /v2/chat/users/me/messages/{messageId}
        
• For the following APIs, we replaced incorrect errors with improved error messages(listed below) that will be displayed in scenarios where an account with the maximum permitted number of users, tries to add another user.
  • POST /v2/users
    • Your request to add a basic user could not be approved at this time because your account has reached the permitted maximum number of {numOfAllowedUsers} basic users. Please remove existing basic user(s) from your Users list or the Pending Users list before attempting to add another user.
    • Your request to add a new {userType} user could not be approved at this time because your account has reached the permitted maximum number of {numOfAllowedUsers} paying users. Please purchase additional licenses or contact the Zoom support team to provision additional users in your account.
          
  • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}
    • Your request to convert the user type of this {userType} user to a basic user was not approved at this time because your account has reached the permitted maximum number of {numOfAllowedUsers} basic users. Please remove existing basic user(s) from your Users list or the Pending Users list before attempting to convert a paying user to a basic user.
    • Your request to convert the user type of this basic user to a {userType} user was not approved at this time because your account has reached the permitted maximum number of {numOfAllowedUsers} paying users. Please purchase additional licenses or remove existing paying user(s) from your Users list or the Pending Users list before attempting to convert a basic user to a paying user.
          
  • PUT /v2/users/{userId}/status
    • Your request to activate the user was not approved at this time because your account has reached the permitted maximum number of {numOfAllowedUsers} basic users. Please remove existing basic user(s) from your Users list or the Pending Users list before attempting to activate this user.
          
        
• Minor bug fixes

June 14, 2020

Changes to existing features

• Limited outbound caller ID options
  When selecting their outbound caller ID, phone users can only choose phone numbers from the main auto receptionist by default. Previously, phone users could choose numbers from any auto receptionist.
• CSV fields for importing phone users
  When importing phone users, the CSV contains fields for first name and last name. Previously, the CSV only had a single field for first and last name.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Setting to disable email and password login
    Account owners and admins can now disable logging into Zoom with an email address and password. This setting can be found in the Zoom web portal, under Advanced then Security.
  • Setting to disable participant annotation
    Account owners and admins can now disable participant annotation from the Zoom web portal. The participant who is sharing their screen can still annotate, but all other participants will be prevented from annotating if this setting is enabled. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level.
  • Meeting password requirements options
    The account owner or admin can now enable minimum password requirements for meetings, including requiring both uppercase and lowercase letters or cannot contain consecutive characters (such as “12345” or “abcde”). For these settings to be enforced, users will need to be on Zoom client 5.1.0 or later.
  • Configure allowed domains for bypassing the Waiting Room
    Account owners and admins can now add domains which can bypass the Waiting Room. If a user is logged in to their Zoom account with an email address at this domain, they will bypass the Waiting Room and join directly into the meeting.
  • Export single sign-on (SSO) SAML logs
    Account owners and admins can now export SSO logs to troubleshoot issues.
  • Manage virtual backgrounds for the account
    Account owners and admins can now add virtual backgrounds to the Zoom web portal for all users on their account. If the virtual background setting is locked, users will only have access to the admin uploaded virtual backgrounds and will not be able to add their own from the Zoom client. This setting is available at the account and group level and requires Zoom client version 5.1.1.
        
• User features
  • Italian and Vietnamese language support
    The Zoom web portal will now use Italian or Vietnamese by default, based on the user’s browser settings. Users can also manually select Italian or Vietnamese from a drop down list of languages in the web portal footer.
        
• Phone features
  • Set account-level data retention policy
    Account owners and admins can set the amount of time that Zoom Phone user data is retained in the system. This data includes call logs, ad hoc / automatic call recordings, voicemail recordings/transcriptions.
  • Disable voicemail transcription
    Account owners and admins can change a policy setting to disable voicemail transcription for a phone user, site, account (single site).
  • Disable voicemail
    Account owners and admins can change a policy setting to disable the voicemail inbox for a phone user, site, or account (single site).
  • Nomadic emergency services 
    Nomadic emergency services provide the ability to dynamically detect and report a user's location for emergency calling. Account owners and admins define locations, specifying a street address, IP addresses ranges, and/or wireless access point identifiers. When a phone user places an emergency call from within a defined location, the associated emergency address will be sent to emergency responders. For sites in the United States and Canada, this dynamic location data can be sent to both the public safety answering point (PSAP) and to an internal safety response team.
  • Upload CSV file for nomadic emergency services
    Account owners and admins can upload a CSV file to add locations and specify the associated IP address ranges, wireless access point identifiers, and emergency addresses.
  • Personal locations for nomadic emergency services
    Account owners and admins can enable users to define locations and specify an emergency address. The Zoom client will automatically save the IP address or wireless access point identifiers for the location. When a phone user places an emergency call from a defined location, the associated emergency address will be sent to emergency responders.
  • Sort users
    Account owners and admins can sort users when adding them to Zoom Phone.
  • Control selectable outbound caller IDs
    Account owners and admins can control if phone users can change their outbound caller ID to a direct number that is assigned to a call queue, auto receptionist, or shared line group.
  • Enhancements to call queue membership
    Account owners and admins can assign multiple managers to a call queue. They can also remove managers from call queues and create call queues with no members.
  • Enhancements to call queue routing options
    Account owners and admins can change routing options so that inbound calls are disconnected instead of routed to voicemail. They can also set the call queue’s business hours to override members’ own business hours.
  • Set call queue as an internal safety response team
    When account owners and admins set a call queue as an internal safety response team, they will be prompted to change business hours and overflow settings for the associated call queue. This call queue will be labelled as an internal safety response team and some settings will be restricted when emergency calls are routed to the call queue.
  • Control privileges for call queue managers
    Account owners and admins can control if call queue managers can enable or view automatic recordings for the call queue. They can also control if managers can grant access for phone users to view the call queue’s recordings
  • Set default language of audio prompts
    Account owners and admins can set the default language of audio prompts for call queues and auto receptionists. This overrides the site-level setting.
  • Set display name for phone numbers
    Account owners and admins can set a display name for phone numbers. This makes it easier for phone users to identify numbers when selecting an outbound caller ID number.
  • Customize voicemail greeting for IVR
    Account owners and admins can customize the voicemail greeting when routing to the current auto receptionist’s voicemail inbox.
  • Forward calls to an external number
    Account owners and admins can configure an IVR menu to forward calls to an external phone number. They can also set a call queue to overflow to an external number. Calls will be metered at the plan rate.
  • Enhancement to dial-by-name directory
    If the dial-by-name directory is enabled, account owners or admins can create the directory by excluding or including phone users.
  • Hyperlink for all call queues and auto receptionists display names
    All display names for call queues and auto receptionists are hyperlinked so account owners and admin can easily access the associated settings.
  • Main company number not required for setup
    During the initial Zoom Phone setup, account owners and admins are not required to set a main company number. This can be done after the initial set up.
  • Set phone numbers as outgoing or incoming 
    Account owners and admins can set phone numbers to be outgoing or incoming numbers. Outgoing numbers can only be used to make calls. Incoming numbers can only be used for receiving calls.
  • Change the main company numbers to pending number
    Account owners and admins can change the main company number to a number that is in the process of being ported to Zoom Phone. If the pending number is verified, they can also use the pending number as the outbound caller ID.
  • Disable announcement for ad hoc recordings
    Account owners and admins can disable the announcement that plays before an ad hoc recording is started. The announcement is enabled by default. They can change this policy setting at the phone, site, or account (single site) level.
  • Number ordering form
    Account owners and admins can use the web portal to submit a request to obtain phone numbers when they can’t directly purchase them. Previously, they had to use an external form to request numbers.
  • Hot desking for desk phones
    Account owners and admins can enable phone users in the account to temporarily use a desk phone by entering their voicemail PIN. This allows phone users to easily use shared devices.
  • Set overflow options for common area phones
    Account owners and admins can route inbound calls to common area phones if the call is not answered.
  • Personal locations for nomadic emergency services
    Users can define locations and specify an emergency address. The Zoom client will automatically save the IP address or wireless access point identifiers for the location. When a phone user places an emergency call from a defined location, the associated emergency address will be sent to emergency responders.
  • Address suggestion when changing emergency address
    When a phone user changes their emergency address, they will see a suggested address. They can choose to use the suggested address or the address they entered.
  • Accept or decline delegation responsibilities
    Users who have been assigned as a delegate can accept or decline the delegation responsibilities before calls are forwarded to them. The delegate will appear as pending until they accept or decline.
        
• Developer features
  • Added a new API to retrieve call queue recordings
    • GET /v2/phone/call_queues/{callQueueId}/recordings
          
  • Added new APIs for Shared Line Group Management
    • POST /v2/phone/shared_line_groups -PATCH /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLingGroupId}
    • GET /v2/phone/shared_line_groups
    • GET /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}
    • DELETE /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}
    • POST /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}/members
    • DELETE /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}/members/{memberId}
    • DELETE /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}/members
    • POST /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}/phone_numbers
    • DELETE /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}/phone_numbers/{phoneNumberId}
    • DELETE /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}
          
  • Added a new API for Auto Receptionist Management
    • POST /v2/phone/auto_receptionists
          
  • Added a new response field(“country”) to the List Sites and Get A Site APIs
    • GET /v2/phone/sites
    • GET /v2/phone/sites/{siteId}
          
  • Added a new response field(“calling_plans”) to the List Users API
    • GET /v2/phone/users
          
  • Added a new response field(“site_admin”) to the Get A User Profile API
    • GET /v2/phone/users/{userId}
          
  • Added a new response field(“next_page_token”) to replace page_number for the below APIs
    • GET /v2/phone/users/{userId}/call_logs
    • GET /v2/phone/call_logs
    • GET /v2/phone/user/{userId}/recordings
    • GET /v2/phone/users/{userId}/voice_mails
          
  • Allow free trial plan to be upgraded to Pro or Higher plans via API.
    • PATCH /accounts/{accountId}/plans/base/status
          
  • Added a new field(“ttl”) to Get ZAK Token API
    • GET /users/{userId}/token
          
  • Added a strict limit for number of basic users in an account. An account can only have a maximum of 9999 users including pending users.
    • POST /users
    • PATCH /users/{userId}
    • PUT /users/{userId}/status
          
  • Added a new field value(“option”:“security”) in Account Setting APIs
    • GET /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /accounts/{accountId}/settings
          
  • Added new fields(“have_upper_and_lower_characters”,“consecutive_characters_length”,“weak_enhance_detection”) in Account and User Setting APIs
    • GET /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET /users/{userId}/settings
          
        

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where attempting to edit a subset of meetings in the Zoom web portal redirected the host to a webinar page instead
• Resolved an issue where some users did not have the option to remove scheduling privilege
• Resolved an issue where the join link in a webinar confirmation email required some users to be directed back to the registration page
• Resolved an issue where some users were not receiving emails related to manage domains
• Resolved an issue where ‘Require Encryption for 3rd Party Endpoints (H323/SIP)’ also affected Meeting Connector connections for on-premise accounts
• Fixed the bug that incorrectly caused “No permission” error while retrieving webinar absentees.
  • GET /v2/past_webinars/{webinarId}/absenteese
        
• Fixed the bug where auto-create user option was allowing existing users to be automatically pulled into an account.
  • POST /users
        
• Fixed the issue that caused certain PMI settings to be overridden when using Create a Meeting API.
  • POST /users/{userId}/meetings
        
• Fixed the bug that returned incorrect security password settings via Get Account Settings API.
  • GET /accounts/{accountId}/settings
        
• Minor bug fixes

May 31, 2020

Changes to existing features

• AES 256-bit GCM encryption
  Zoom is upgrading to the AES 256-bit GCM encryption standard, which offers increased protection of your meeting data in transit and resistance against tampering. GCM encryption requires Zoom client or Zoom Rooms version 5.0 to join any meeting. Learn more.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Setting to save screen sharing and whiteboard annotations
    Account owners and admins can now enable or disable a setting to save screen sharing and whiteboard annotations. This setting is enabled by default. It is available at the account, group, and user level and can be locked at the account or group level.
        
• Web client features
  • Report a user during a meeting
    The meeting host can now report a user during a meeting by clicking on the Security icon, then Report. This feature will generate a report which will be sent to the Zoom Trust and Safety team to evaluate any misuse of the platform and block a user if necessary. 
  • Require consent if the host mutes and then unmutes a participant
    If the host mutes and then unmutes a participant individually, the participant will now receive a prompt, asking them to consent to be unmuted. 
        
• Developer Features
  • Added a new API to get Call Queue Recordings
    • GET /v2/phone/call_queues/{callQueueId}/recordings
          
  • Added new APIs for Shared Line Group Management
    • POST /v2/phone/shared_line_groups
    • PATCH /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLingGroupId}
    • GET /v2/phone/shared_line_groups
    • GET /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}
    • DELETE /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}
    • POST /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}/members
    • DELETE /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}/members/{memberId}
    • DELETE /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}/members
    • POST /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}/phone_numbers
    • DELETE /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}/phone_numbers/{phoneNumberId}
    • DELETE /v2/phone/shared_line_groups/{sharedLineGroupId}
          
  • Added a new API for Auto Receptionist Management
    • POST /v2/phone/auto_receptionists
          
  • Added a new field(“show_previous_occurrences”) to Get a Webinar API.
    • GET /webinars/{webinarId}
          
  • Added new response field(“next_page_token”) to replace page_number for the following APIs:
    • GET /v2/phone/users/{userId}/call_logs
    • GET /v2/phone/call_logs
    • GET /v2/phone/user/{userId}/recordings
    • GET /v2/phone/users/{userId}/voice_mails
          
  • Added a new response field(“country”) to the List Sites And Get a Site APIs
    • GET /v2/phone/sites
    • GET /v2/phone/sites/{siteId}
          
  • Added a new response field(“calling_plans”) to the List Users API
    • GET /v2/phone/users
          
  • Added a new response field(“site_admin”) to the Get A User Profile API
    • GET /v2/phone/users/{userId}
          
        

Resolved issues

• Removed “Duplicate Key” error that was returned incorrectly while using the following APIs:
  • GET /v2/chat/users/me/contacts
  • GET /v2/chat/channels/{channelId}/members
        
• Fixed a bug that caused “No permission” error when account owners were trying to update their own meeting recording settings.
  • PATCH /meetings/{meetingId}/recordings/settings
        
• Minor bug fixes

May 23, 2020

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where Dashboard data was delayed or missing

May 21, 2020

Changes to existing features

• New default screen sharing settings for accounts with single Pro licenses
  Accounts with single Pro licenses will now have the screen sharing setting Who can share? defaulted to Host Only. The meeting host will be able to change this setting in their meeting settings or during the meeting in progress, from the Security icon.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Setting to require a password for Personal Audio Conference
    Account owners and admins can now enable a setting to require a password for Personal Audio Conferences. This setting is available at the account and group and can be locked at the account or group level. This setting will be visible at the user level so that users can see if it is enabled for their Personal Audio Conferences.
        
• User features
  • Setting to allow participants to join from multiple devices for meetings with registration
    If registration is enabled for a meeting, the host can now choose if they want to allow participants to join from multiple devices. This is under the Registration Options in the meeting details.
        
• Developer features
  • Added support for private recordings to be downloaded using OAuth access token.
    • Account-Level Apps will need “recording:read:admin, recording:write:admin, recording:parent” scopes.
    • User-Level Apps will need “recording:read, recording:write” scopes.
    • A user with recording management permission can view private recordings recorded by another user in the same account.
          
  • Added a new field (show_previous_occurrences) to Get a Meeting API.
    • GET /meetings/{meetingId}
          
  • Added a new field(waiting_room) in Account Settings and Lock Settings APIs.
    • GET /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET /accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
          
  • Added new fields (guest_only_to_place_in_waiting_room,auto_admit_participants_with_specified_domains,admit_participants_with_specified_domains) in Account, Group, User Settings APIs.
    • GET /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET /groups/{groupId}/settings
    • PATCH /groups/{groupId}/settings
    • GET /users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH /users/{userId}/settings
          
  • Added new fields(room_connector_list,meeting_connector_list) in Create a Sub Account and Update Account Options APIs.
    • POST /accounts
    • PATCH /accounts/{accountId}/options
          
        

Resolved issues

• Fixed an issue where unknown was shown for a user’s type in Dashboard
• Fixed an issue where .zip files downloaded from Reports and Dashboard would not open with certain programs
• Fixed an issue where a subset of meetings requested the password when it was embedded in the invite link
• Fixed an issue where “password” was not being auto-generated even when “Require a Password When Scheduling New Meetings” option was turned on for free accounts in the case where “Create a Meeting API” was being called using PMI without a “password” field.
  • POST /users/{userId}/meetings
        
• Fixed the issue where SIP Trunk related plans were not being displayed in the response of Get Plans API.
  • GET /accounts/{accountId}/plans
        
• Fixed the issue where the same email address was being used for two different user IDs.
  • POST /users
        
• Minor bug fixes

May 11, 2020

Resolved issues

• Fixed an issue where a subset of users were unable to live stream their webinars
• Minor bug fixes

May 9, 2020

Changes to existing features

• Updated password and security settings for free and basic accounts
  To provide additional security and privacy for Zoom meetings and webinars, we are updating our default password settings for free and basic accounts. Zoom will require passwords for meetings and webinars, including previously scheduled events. Additionally, Waiting Room will be enabled by default for Personal Meeting ID (PMI) and screen sharing will be limited to “host only” by default. Learn more.
• Enhanced privacy on the Zoom Rooms page
  The Room passcode will now be masked with asterisks (*). Full details will only be shown when the user explicitly clicks on the “show” option.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Associated (managed) domain enhancements
    Managed domains have now been renamed associated domains. Account owners and admins can now choose if they want to have unassociated existing Zoom accounts automatically join their account or be forced to change the email address associated with the account or delete the account entirely. Additionally, once an associated domain is added, the owner can choose to send notifications to any existing Zoom accounts with email addresses at that associated domain telling them that they must take action.
  • Setting to Save meetings and webinar recordings as WORM (Write Once, Read Many) state
    Account owners and admins can now add a web setting to save meetings and webinar recordings as WORM (Write Once, Read Many) state and configure a retention time range. By enabling this setting, the recordings cannot be edited or deleted until the specific retention time expires. This setting is available at the account level and is off by default. Contact Zoom Support to have this feature enabled.
  • Enhancements for Dashboard
    The data center will now be listed at the individual attendee level in Dashboard.
  • Complexity requirements for voicemail PINs
    Account owners and admins can require voicemail PINs to meet complexity requirements. For example, the PIN can’t contain the user’s extension, repeated digits, a sequence of numbers, or numbers dialed in a straight line on the keypad.
  • Security disclaimer for contact center integration
    Accounts owners and admins will see a disclaimer when adding a contact center partner that doesn’t support TLS/sRTP.
  • Disclaimer for caller ID name
    Account owners and admins will see a disclaimer when changing the account’s or site’s caller ID name. The disclaimer states: “Caller ID name will be applied to US/CA toll numbers. This is a ‘best effort’ service with limitations.”
        
• User features
  • Privacy disclaimer for emergency address
    Users will see a disclaimer when adding an emergency address. The disclaimer states: “This address will be shared with your account’s administrator(s). In the event of a 911 call, it may be shared with the Public Safety Answering Point and with members of the account’s Internal Safety Response Team.”
        
• Developer Features
  • Added new API RateLimiter response headers.
    • X-RateLimit-Category
    • X-RateLimit-Type
          
  • Added a new field(“password_requirement”) in Account Settings APIs that shows the enhanced password rules set for a Zoom login password.
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
          
  • Enhanced the validation of user password to follow the password rule settings enabled on Account Security settings.
    If an admin has set enhanced password rules, the password field in the following APIs must meet those requirements. The requirements can be retrieved from the password_requirement field that will be available in the response of Get Account Settings API.
    • POST /v2/users
    • PUT /v2/users/{userId}/password
    • POST /v2/accounts
          
        
•  

Bug fixes

• Resolves an issue where the Outlook add-in was not working on shared calendars
• Fixed a bug that prevented these two fields(“contact_name”, “contact_email”) from being updated when using the Update a Webinar API.
  • PATCH /v2/webinars/{webinarId}
        
• Fixed the issue where the field(“last name”) last name was previously set as a required field instead of optional in the Add a Webinar Registrant API.
  • POST /v2/webinar/{webinarId}/registrants
        
• Fixed the issue where wrong value was being returned for the “custom_data_center_regions” field when calling Get Account Lock Settings API.
  • GET /accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
        
• Minor bug fixes

May 3, 2020

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Setting to disable PMI
    Account owners and admins can now disable the use of Personal Meeting ID (PMI), forcing users to choose the option to generate a meeting ID automatically when scheduling a meeting. If this setting is disabled, it will disable the use of PMI completely, including for previously scheduled meetings. Users will need to edit previously scheduled meetings to use an automatically generated meeting ID and resend the meeting invitation. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level and can be locked at the account and group level. PMI can also be disabled for Zoom Rooms. 
        
• Web client features
  • AES 256-bit GCM encryption
    Zoom is upgrading to the AES 256-bit GCM encryption standard, which offers increased protection of your meeting data in transit and resistance against tampering. The web client will support GCM encryption when it is automatically enabled for all accounts on May 30. When GCM encryption is enabled, the web client will indicate this with an icon.
  • Show the connected data center
    Users can see which data center they are connected to by clicking on by clicking on the info icon at the top left of the window.
  • Promote and demote webinar attendees
    The web client will now support promoting and demoting attendees during a webinar.
        
• Developer features
  • Enhanced User and Meeting APIs to follow “Disable PMI” setting applied on Account, Group and User settings.
    • GET /meetings/{meetingId}
    • POST /users/{userId}/meetings
    • PATCH /meetings/{meetingId}
    • GET /meetings/{meetingId}/invitation
    • GET /users
    • GET /users/{userId}
    • PATCH /users/{userId}
          
  • Added a new field(“personal_meeting”) in Account, Group, User Settings, and Lock Settings APIs.
    • GET /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET /accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • GET /groups/{groupId}/settings
    • PATCH /groups/{groupId}/settings
    • GET /groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • GET /users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH /users/{userId}/settings 
          
        

Resolved issues

• Fixed a bug that didn’t allow an admin’s password to be updated using the Update Password API.
• Fixed a bug that didn’t allow a user whose name was entered in Kanji characters to be registered if the length of the name field was more than 5 characters.
• Minor bug fixes

April 29, 2020

New and enhanced features

• Developer features
  • Added new fields (meeting_password_requirement,recording_password_requirement) in the User Settings API.
    You should use this API to check if password requirements have been set for an account, and ensure that your meeting, webinar and recording passwords meet those requirements. If the “meeting_password_requirement” field is not present in the response of the Get User Settings , it means that the admin/owner has not enabled this requirement. In this case, the password must follow the default requirements, i.e., password may only contain the following characters: [a-z A-Z 0-9 @ - _ *] and can have a maximum of 10 characters.
    • GET /users/{userId}/settings 
          
        

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where a subset of users on ChromeOS were unable to join meetings
• Minor bug fixes 

April 27, 2020

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where users needed to be authenticated and on the same account to view cloud recordings even if that setting is not turned on by admin or host

        

April 26, 2020 

Changes to existing features

• Disable the setting Only authenticated users can join meetings from Web client by default
  The setting Only authenticated users can join meetings from Web client will now be turned off by default. This change applies to all accounts and can be re-enabled at the account, group, or user level. 
• Minimum password length of 6 characters for meeting and shared recording passwords
  The minimum password length for both meeting and shared recording passwords will now be 6 characters. 
• Removing same domain matching for all customers
  All customers that share the same domain but belong in different accounts will no longer be able to communicate with each other unless previously added as external contacts. To continue communicating, they can add them as external contacts or link their accounts together into one organization.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  
  • Add expiration date for shared cloud recordings
    Users can now choose to expire the link for a cloud recording after a set number of days or on a custom date. This setting is available for individual recordings and at the account, group, and user level and can be locked at the group or account level. 
        
• User features
  • Select data center regions when scheduling a meeting
    Users can now select which data center regions they would like their in meeting traffic to use when scheduling on the Zoom web portal. 
        
• Web client features
  • Rename meeting hosted with Personal Meeting ID (PMI)
    Meetings hosted with Personal Meeting ID (PMI) can now be renamed during the meeting to help the host more easily identify recordings.
        
• Developer features
  • Added an additional parameter “password” to the Meeting Created Event.
    • meeting.created
          
  • While creating a meeting or a webinar, the “password” field must follow the “Meeting password requirement” setting enabled on the account settings page.
    • POST /users/{userId}/meetings
    • PATCH /meetings/{meetingId}
    • POST/users/{userId}/webinars
    • PATCH /webinars/{webinarId}
          
  • The “password” field to access a recording must follow the “Recording password requirement” setting enabled on the account settings page.
    • PATCH /meetings/{meetingId}/recordings/settings
          
  • Enhanced the rate limit on Change User Email API. A maximum of 3 email update requests are permitted for a single user in one day.
    • PUT users/{userId}/email
          
  • Enhanced the User APIs to ignore the “.” sign which is before the “@” symbol for a gmail account as dots do not matter in a gmail account:
    • POST /users
    • GET /users/{userId}
    • DELETE /users/{userId}
    • PATCH /users/{userId}
    • PATCH /users/{userId}/settings
    • GET /users/{userId}/settings
    • PUT /users/{userId}/email
          
  • Added new fields(“custom_data_center_regions”, “personal_meeting”) in Account Settings, Group Settings, User Settings and Lock Settings APIs.
    • GET /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET /accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • GET /groups/{groupId}/settings
    • PATCH /groups/{groupId}/settings
    • GET /groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • GET /users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH /users/{userId}/settings
          
  • Added new fields(“data_center_regions”) in Account Settings, Group Settings and User Settings APIs.
    • GET /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET /groups/{groupId}/settings
    • PATCH /groups/{groupId}/settings
    • GET /users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH /users/{userId}/settings
          
  • Added new fields(“meeting_password_requirement”,“recording_password_requirement”) in Account Settings APIs.
    • GET /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /accounts/{accountId}/settings
          
  • Added new fields(“additional_data_center_regions”) in Meeting and Webinar APIs
    • POST /users/{userId}/meetings
    • PATCH /meetings/{meetingId}
    • POST /users/{userId}/webinars
    • PATCH /webinars/{webinarId}
          
        

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where a subset of users were unable to download their telephony reports
• Resolved an issue with Lastpass automatically filling in the incorrect password
• Fixed the null pointer exception error that was thrown while users called the Create Chat Channel API
• Fixed the issue where a custCreate user previously could not be searched by email domain in the web portal
• Fixed the issue where participant location was being returned as “null” via Dashboard Meeting Participant API
• Minor bug fixes

April 22, 2020

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

April 20, 2020

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

April 19, 2020

Changes to existing features

• Remove searching for same domain contacts
  Users will no longer be able to search by full name for contacts with the same domain if they are not on the same account or organization. To continue chatting with contacts outside of their Zoom account, they can add them as external contacts.
• Enhanced privacy design on user profile page
  Personal information, such as email address, personal meeting ID and phone number, will be partially masked with asterisks (*). Full details will only be shown when the user explicitly clicks on the “show” option.
• Skype for Business (Lync) users will join webinars as attendees by default
  Users joining a webinar with Skype for Business (Lync) will now join as attendees by default.

New and enhanced features

• Administrator features
  • Select data center regions for meeting and webinar traffic
    Users on paid accounts can now customize which data center regions they use for their real-time meeting and webinar traffic. You can opt in or out of each specific data center region for data in transit. Your default region, which is the region where your account was provisioned, will be locked. When you opt out of a region, the regional dial-in numbers will be disabled for your meetings and webinars. Zoom Conference Room Connector (CRC) endpoints in disabled regions will also not be able to connect to your meetings or webinars. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level and can be locked at the group or account level. Data routing selections do not apply to Zoom Phone.
  • Additional data center details in Dashboard
    Dashboard will now list if any data center connected to an HTTP Tunnel (HT).
  • Link accounts to an organization
    In IM Management settings, account owners and admins can now link multiple Zoom accounts together to create an organization. Once linked as an organization, these accounts will be able to search contacts, chat, meet, and make phone calls (if eligible for Zoom Phone) with each other.
  • Setting to allow Zoom Room under the same account as host to share
    Account owners and admins can now enable or disable a setting to allow Zoom Rooms to share into the meeting when they’re on the same account as the host.
  • Setting to allow host to report participants to Zoom
    Account owners and admins can now enable a setting to allow the host to report participants to Zoom. This feature will generate a report which will be sent to the Zoom Trust and Safety team to evaluate any misuse of the platform and block a user if necessary. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level and can be locked at the group or account level. This setting requires the Zoom client version which will be released on April 26, 2020. 
  • Setting to show participants’ profile pictures
    Account owners and admins can now enable or disable the ability to show participants’ profile pictures during a meeting. If this setting is disabled on the host’s account, no profile pictures will be shown during the meeting. Users will also not be able to upload a profile picture in the meeting. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level and can be locked at the group or account level.This setting requires the Zoom client version which will be released on April 26, 2020. 
  • Configure cloud recording password requirements
    Account owners and admins can now configure minimum cloud recording password requirements, including a minimum length, requiring letters, numbers, special characters, or only allowing numeric passwords.
  • Improvements to encryption
    Zoom Phone SIP signaling communications from client to server occur over TLS v1.2 with AES-256 bit encryption. Zoom Phone call media is transported and protected by SRTP with AES-256 bit encryption for the latest Zoom clients, and with AES-128 bit encryption for SIP devices.
  • Require minimum length for voicemail PINs
    Account owners and admins can require a minimum amount of characters for phone users’ voicemail PINs. Voicemail PINs are needed to check voicemails on desk phones.
  • Control access to call recordings
    Account owners and admins can enable or disable phone users’ ability to access, download, or delete their own call recordings. This applies to ad hoc and automatic recordings. By default, phone users can access, download, or delete their recordings.
  • Enter multiple email addresses for porting notifications
    When submitting a porting request online, account owners and admins can enter multiple email addresses to be notified about the porting request.
  • More details for voicemail notification emails
    When viewing voicemail notification emails, account owners and admins can view additional information for the associated call including duration, date/time, and caller ID.
  • Updated routing options
    Account owners and admins can route to any extension from a call queue, auto receptionist, or shared line group.
  • Duplicate call queue or auto receptionist
    Account owners and admins can quickly set up a call queue or auto receptionist by duplicating an existing one. All settings will be copied from the original except for the extension number, phone numbers, and display name.
  • Set emergency address to any country
    Account owners and admin can set the emergency address to any country, including countries where Zoom Phone is not officially supported.
  • Assign sites using SAML mapping
    Account owners and admins can configure their SAML mapping to update a phone user’s site.
        
• User features
  • More details for voicemail notification emails
    When viewing voicemail notification emails, users can view additional information for the associated call including duration, date/time, and caller ID.
  • Set emergency address to any country
    Users can set the emergency address to any country, including countries where Zoom Phone is not officially supported.
        
• Developer features
  • Added a new request field(“embed_password_in_join_link”) to the Account/Group/User Settings APIs
    • PATCH /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /groups/{groupId}/settings
    • PATCH /groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /users/{userId}/settings
          
  • Added a new response field(“embed_password_in_join_link”) to the Account/Group/User Settings APIs
    • GET /accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET /accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • GET /groups/{groupId}/settings
    • GET /groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • GET /users/{userId}/settings
          
  • Embed password in the “join_url” field when “embed_password_in_join_link” option is enabled in settings
    • POST /users/{userId}/meetings
    • GET /meetings/{meetingId}
    • POST /users/{userId}/webinars
    • GET /webinars/{webinarId}
          
  • Apply parent account settings to Sub account settings if parent account owner has locked those settings
    • POST /accounts
          
        

Resolved issues

• Resolved an issue where “signed-in users with specified domains” did not apply for all webinars
• Minor bug fixes

April 16, 2020

New and enhanced features

• Report of upcoming meetings without a password
  Account owners and admins can now view a report of all upcoming meetings without a password, including meetings scheduled with PMI and on-going recurring meetings. The report is available under the Reports of Account Management, in the Active Host report queue. This is a one-time report, with information pulled at the time of the release and will not be updated. This report will be available for accounts with 50 or more licensed users.

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

April 15, 2020

Changes to existing features

• • Remove the ability to claim host control by host key on versions below 4.6.0
    The ability to claim host control by host key will be removed for all client versions below version 4.6.0 as listed below. Users attempting to claim host control by host key on versions below 4.6.0 will receive an error message. To claim host control by host key, please update to the latest version of Zoom found here.
    • Android: 4.6.0 (Released December 1, 2019)
    • Windows: 4.6.0 (Released December 1, 2019)
    • Mac: 4.6.0 (Released December 1, 2019)
    • iOS: 4.6.0 (Released December 4, 2019)
    • Mac ZR: 4.6.0 (Released December 15, 2019)
    • Win ZR: 4.6.0 (Released December 15, 2019)
    • Linux: 3.5.330166.1202 (Released December 1, 2019)
          
        

April 12, 2020

Changes to existing features

• • Meeting IDs up to 11 digits in length
    New instant, scheduled, and recurring meeting IDs can now be up to 11 digits long. Personal Meeting IDs will still be 10 digits long and previously scheduled meetings will still be 9 digits long. 
  • Updated account sign-up flow to reflect regulatory compliance requirements 
        

New and enhanced features

• • Configure meeting password requirements
    Account owners and admins can now configure minimum meeting password requirements, including a minimum length, requiring letters, numbers, special characters, or only allowing numeric passwords. 
  • Dashboard performance enhancements
  • Developer features
    • Added new response fields(“dept",“job_title”,"location”) to the Search Company Contacts API
      • GET /v2/contacts
            
          
        

Resolved issues 

• Fixed the bug where meeting.updated webhook was not being sent when meeting information was updated using the Zoom Client.
• Fixed a lengthy error messsage that was being displayed along with exception details when a SIP Trunk phone number was not assigned successfully from the parent account to a sub account.
  • POST /v2/accounts/{accountId}/sip_trunk/numbers 
        

April 10, 2020

Changes to existing features 

• Removing same domain matching for paid accounts with multiple licenses
  Paid accounts with multiple licenses that share the same domain will no longer be able to see each other under All Contacts (formerly Company Directory) in the Contacts tab. The option to “show contacts in the same domain” in IM Management Settings is completely removed for all customers. Additionally, the in-meeting ‘Contacts’ tab will only display users with the same domain on different account that they have chatted with before this change. Users can still search for these contacts by their full name. To continue chatting or displaying contacts who they haven’t previously chatted with, they can add them as external contacts.
• Updated recording password settings
  The setting Require password to access shared cloud recordings will be enabled for all accounts. Cloud recordings will require a complex password of at least 8 characters, with at least 1 digit, 1 letter, and 1 special character. 
• Enforce the setting “Require password for participants joining by phone” if settings are locked
  The setting “Require password for participants joining by phone” will be on and locked if the following three settings for passwords “Require a password when scheduling new meetings”, “Require a password for meetings which have already been scheduled”, and “Require password for participants joining by phone” are locked and enabled.
• Assign host within the account when the host leaves the meeting
  When the host leaves the meeting, the user automatically assigned host control will be another user on the same account. 
• Renaming chat encryption to Advanced Chat Encryption
  Zoom has renamed our End-to-End Chat Encryption to Advanced Chat Encryption to better align terminology with industry standards.

April 6, 2020 

Changes to existing features

• User eligibility verification during sign up
  We have enhanced the sign up process to verify eligibility to create an account. 

New and enhanced features

• Admin features
  • Added setting “Only authenticated users can join meetings from Web client”
    By default, users will now need to sign in to their Zoom account or create a Zoom account when joining a meeting with the web client. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level and can be locked at the account or group level.
  • Added setting “Allow participants to rename themselves”
    Account owners and admins can now enable or disable a setting to allow participants to rename themselves. This setting is available at the account, group, and user level and can be locked at the account or group level. 
        
• Web client features
  • Security icon in host’s meeting controls
    The meeting host will now have a Security icon in their meeting controls, which combines all of Zoom’s existing in-meeting security controls into one place. This includes locking the meeting, enabling Waiting Room, and more. Users can also now enable Waiting Room in a meeting, even if the feature was turned off before the start of the meeting.
        

Resolved issues

• Minor bug fixes

April 4, 2020

Changes to existing features

• • Updated Waiting Room and password settings for Basic and single licensed Pro accounts
    The Waiting Room feature and require a password for Personal Meeting ID (PMI) will be enabled for all Basic users and Pro accounts with a single license, including K-12 education accounts who have the 40-minute limit temporarily waived. The new password requirements apply to both meetings and webinars. Learn more. 
  • Remove contacts in the same domain for free accounts and single licensed Pro users with unmanaged domain
    For free accounts and Pro users with a single license and an unmanaged domain, Zoom is removing showing contacts with the same domain. Consequently, for these Pro users with a single license and an unmanaged domain, Zoom will completely remove the option “show contacts in the same domain” under the Company Contacts settings on their IM Management page. This change includes K-12 education accounts who have the 40-minute limit temporarily waived. If users would like to keep contacts from the same domain, they can add them as external contacts.
  • Remove attendee attention tracking feature
    Zoom is removing the attendee attention tracker feature as part of our commitment to the security and privacy of our customers. For more background on this change and how we are pivoting during these unprecedented times, please see a note from our CEO, Eric S. Yuan 
  • New join flow for the web client
    Users will now need to sign in to their Zoom account or create a Zoom account when joining a meeting  or webinar with the web client. 
  • Removed file_transfer field from the following APIs:
    • GET/v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /v2/accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • GET /v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
    • GET /v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}/settings
          
  • Removed attention_tracking field from User Settings, Group Settings and Account Settings APIs
  • The value of fields (require_password_for_scheduling_new_meetings, require_password_for_instant_meetings,require_password_for_pmi_meetings) can no longer be modified by free accounts and Pro accounts(with a single host license) via the following APIs:
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/accounts/{accountId}/settings
    • GET /v2/accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /v2/accounts/{accountId}/lock_settings
    • GET /v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
    • GET /v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}/settings
          
  • The value of field(pstn_password_protected) can no longer be modified by free accounts and Pro accounts(with a single host license) via the following APIs:
    • GET /v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/groups/{groupId}/settings
    • GET /v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • PATCH /v2/groups/{groupId}/lock_settings
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}/settings
          
  • The value of field (pmi_password) can no longer be modified by free accounts and Pro accounts(with a single host license) via the following APIs:
    • GET /v2/users/{userId}/settings
    • PATCH /v2/users/{userId}/settings